You are on page 1of 127

DIGITAL PLAIN PAPER COPIER

e-STUDIO120/150
(DP-1210/1510)
File No. SME02000600
R02082121000-TTEC
Copyright 2002
TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION
Parts marked with are important for maintaining the safely of the machine. Be sure to
replace these parts with the replacement parts specified to maintain the safety and performance
of the machine.
This document has been published to be used for after sales service only.
The contents are subject to change without notice.
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS REGARDING THE INSTALLATION
AND SERVICE FOR e-STUDIO120/150
The installation and service should be done by a qualified service technician.
1. Transportation
When transporting/installing the copier, employ one person and be sure to use the positions as indicated below.
The copier is fairly heavy and weighs approximately 17 kg (35.3 lb), therefore pay full attention when handling it.
2. InstaIIation
Be sure to use a dedicated outlet with AC 115 or 120V/15A (220V, 230V, 240V/10A) or more for its power source.
The copier must be grounded for safety.
Never ground it to a gas pipe or a water pipe.
Select a suitable place for installation.
Avoid excessive heat, high humidity, dust, vibration and direct sunlight.
Also provide proper ventilation as the copier emits a slight amount of ozone.
To insure adequate working space for the copying operation, keep a minimum clearance of 10 cm (4") on the left, 10 cm (4") on the right and 20
cm (8") in the rear.
3. Service of Machines
Basically, be sure to turn the main switch off and unplug the power cord during service.
Be sure not to touch high-temperature sections such as the exposure lamp, the fuser unit, and their periphery.
Be sure not to touch high-voltage sections such as the chargers and the high-voltage transformer.
Be sure not to touch rotating/operating sections such as gears, belts, pulleys, fans, etc.
When servicing the machines with the main switch turned on, be sure not to touch live sections and rotating/operating sections. Avoid exposure
to laser radiation.
Use suitable measuring instruments and tools.
Avoid exposure to laser radiation during servicing.
- Avoid direct exposure to beam.
- Do not insert tools, parts, etc. that are reflective into the path of the laser beam.
- Remove all watches, rings, bracelets, etc. that are reflective.
4. Main Service Parts for Safety
The breaker, door switch, fuse, thermostat, thermofuse, thermistor, etc. are particularly important for safety. Be sure to handle/install them
properly.
5. Cautionary LabeIs
During servicing, be sure to check the rating plate and the cautionary labels such as "Unplug the power cord during service", "Hot area", "Laser
warning label" etc. to see if there is any dirt on their surface and whether they are properly stuck to the copier.
6. Disposition of ConsumabIe Parts/Packing MateriaIs
Regarding the recovery and disposal of the copier, supplies, consumable parts and packing materials, it is recommended to follow the relevant
local regulations or rules.
7. When parts are disassembIed, reassembIy is basicaIIy the reverse of disassembIy unIess otherwise noted in
this manuaI or other reIated documents. Be carefuI not to reassembIe smaII parts such as screws, washers,
pins, E-rings, toothed washers in the wrong pIaces.
8. BasicaIIy, the machine shouId not be operated with any parts removed or disassembIed.
9. Precautions Against Static EIectricity
The PC board must be stored in an anti-electrostatic bag and handled carefully using a wristband, because the ICs on it may become damaged
due to static electricity.
Caution: Before using the wrist band, puII out the power cord pIug of the copier and make sure that there is no uninsuIated charged
objects in the vicinity.
Caution: Dispose of used batteries and RAM-ICs including lithium batteries according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
Attention: Se darrasser de batteries et RAM-ICs us y compris les batteries en lithium selon les instructions du
fabricant.
Vorsicht: Entsorgung des gebrauchten Batterien und RAM-ICs (inklusive der Lithium-Batterie) nach Angaben des
Herstellers.
CAUTION
This laser radiation is not a danger to the skin, but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achieved
on the eyes retina, there is the danger of spot damage to the retina.
The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the time of
servicing.
1) When a problem in the laser optical unit has occurred, the whole optical unit must be exchanged as a
unit, not as individual parts.
2) Do not look into the machine with the main switch turned on after removing the developer unit, toner
cartridge, and drum cartridge.
3) Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the laser optical unit with the connector connected
when removing and installing the optical system.
4) The middle frame contains the safety interlock switch.
Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or other items into the switch slot.
LASER WAVE LENGTH : 770 ~ 795nm
Pulse times : 11.82s / 7mm
Out put power : 0.17mW 0.01mW
CAUTION
INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION,
WHEN OPEN AND INTERLOCKS DEFEATED.
AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM.
VORSICHT
UNSICHTBARE LASERSTRAHLUNG,
WENN ABDECKUNG GEFFNET UND
SICHERHEITSVERRIEGELUNG BERBRCKT.
NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.
VARO !
AVATTAESSA JA SUOJALUKITUS
OHITETTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA
NKYMTTMLLE LASERSTEILYLLE L
KATSO STEESEEN.
ADVARSEL
USYNLIG LASERSTRLNING VED BNING, NR
SIKKERHEDSBRYDERE ER UDE AF
FUNKTION. UNDG UDSAETTELSE FOR
STRLNING.
VARNING !
OSYNLIG LASERSTRLNING NR DENNA DEL
R PPNAD OCH SPRREN R URKOPPLAD.
BETRAKTA EJ STRLEN. STRLEN R
FARLIG.
This product is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040 of the CDRH standard and
IEC825. This means that this machine does not produce hazardous laser radiation. The use of controls,
adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous
radiation exposure.
At the production line, the output power
of the scanner unit is adjusted to 0.57
MILLI-WATT PLUS 20 PCTS and is
maintained constant by the operation of
the Automatic Power Control (APC).
Even if the APC circuit fails in operation
for some reason, the maximum output
power will only be 15 MILLI-WATT 0.1
MICRO-SEC. Giving and accessible
emission level of 42 MICRO-WATT
which is still-less than the limit of
CLASS-1 laser product.
The foregoing is applicable only to the 220V
model, 230V model and 240V model.
VAROITUS! LAITTEEN KYTTMINEN MUULLA
KUIN TSS KYTTOHJEESSA MAINITULLA
TAVALLA SAATTAA ALTISTAA KYTTJN
TURVALLISUUSLUOKAN 1 YLITTVLLE
NKYMTTMLLE LASERSTEILYLLE.
VARNING - OM APPARATEN ANVNDS P ANNAT
STT N I DENNA BRUKSANVISNING
SPECIFICERATS, KAN ANVNDAREN UTSTTAS
FR OSYNLIG LASERSTRLNING, SOM
VERSKRIDER GRNSEN FR LASERKLASS 1.
Caution
This product contains a low power laser
device. To ensure continued safety do not
remove any cover or attempt to gain access
to the inside of the product. Refer all
servicing to qualified personnel.
LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE
KLASS 1 LASER APPARAT
The label ( ) in the fusing area of the unit indicates the following:
: Caution, risk of danger
: Caution, hot surface
Caution label on the unit
CONTENTS
[1] GENERAL
1. Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
[2] SPECIFICATIONS
1. Basic Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2. Operation specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
3. Copy performance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
4. GDI Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
5. Scan function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
6. ADF (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
7. 2nd cassette (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS
1. Supply system table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
2. Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3. Production control number (lot No.) identification . . . . . . . 3-1
4. Toner cartridge replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES
(ADF + 2ND CASSETTE)
1. Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
2. Internal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
3. Operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
4. Motors and solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
5. Sensors and switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
6. PWB unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
7. Cross sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION
1. Copier installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
2. Cautions on handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
3. Checking packed components and accessories . . . . . . . . 5-1
4. Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5. Removing protective packing materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
6. Developer unit installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
7. Toner cartridge installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
8. Loading copy paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
9. Power to copier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
10. Software for the TOSHIBA personal MFP series. . . . . . . . 5-4
11. Connecting the interface cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
12. Parallel interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
13. USB interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
14. Moving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
[6] COPY PROCESS
1. Functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
2. Outline of print process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
3. Actual print process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS
1. Outline of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
2. Scanner section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
3. Laser unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
4. Fuser section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
5. Paper feed section and paper transport section . . . . . . . . 7-4
[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
1. High voltage section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1
2. Operation panel section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4
3. Optical section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
4. Fusing section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
5. Tray paper feed/transport section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
6. Manual paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15
7. Rear frame section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17
8. Power section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
9. 2nd cassette section (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
[9] ADJUSTMENTS
1. Optical section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-1
2. Copy density adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4
3. High voltage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5
[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES
1. Entering the simulation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1
2. List of simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2
3. Contents of simulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3
4. Trouble codes/Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-16
[11] MAINTENANCE
1. Maintenance table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
2. Maintenance display system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
[12] USER PROGRAMS
1. Functions that can be set with user programs. . . . . . . . . .12-1
2. Change the setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1
3. Density level adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-2
4. Toner save mode setup and cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-2
[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION
1. Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-1
2. Circuit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3
[14] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
1. MCU PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-1
2. OPERATION PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-10
3. I/F PWB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-12
4. POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-13
5. NOISE FILTER CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-15
6. ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-17
GENERAL 1 - 1
[1] GENERAL
1. Major functions
Configurations
Descriptions of items
CPM: Copy speed (Copies Per Minute)
SB/MB: SB = Manual feed single bypass, MB = Manual feed multi bypass
2 tray: Second cassette unit.
ADF: Automatic document feeder
RADF (R-SPF): Reverse automatic document feeder
Color scanner: Color scanner function
GDI printer: GDI printer function with USB.
PCL printer: PCL printer function with USB.
SOPM: Scan Once Print Many function (Many copies are made by one scan.)
Duplex: Auto duplex copy function
Memory: Standard page memory
FAX: FAX function.
Descriptions of tabIe
: Standard provision
: No function or no option available
Opt: Option
Item
CPM SB/MB 2 Tray ADF
RADF
(R-SPF)
Color
Scanner
GDI
printer
PCL
printer
SOPM Duplex Memory FAX
Model
e-STUDIO120 12CPM MB Opt Opt 8M
e-STUDIO150 15CPM MB Opt Opt 8M
MR-2014 MY-1019 (Same option as e-STUIDIO12/15)
(Options)
e-STUDIO120/150
SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 1
[2] SPECIFICATIONS
1. Basic specifications
2. Operation specifications
Item
Type Desktop
Copy system Dry, electrostatic
Segment (class) Digital personal copier
Copier dimensions e-STUDIO120 20.4"(W)X18.2"(D)X11.6"(H) (518mm(W)X462.5mm(D)X295.6mm(H))
e-STUDIO150 20.4"(W)X18.2"(D)X11.6"(H) (518mm(W)X462.5mm(D)X295.6mm(H))
Weight
(Approximately)
e-STUDIO120 35.3lbs.(17Kg) Toner cartridge and drum cartridge included
e-STUDIO150 35.3lbs.(17Kg)
Section, item Details
Paper feed
section
Paper feed
system
e-STUDIO120/150 1 tray (250 sheet) + multi bypass (50 sheet)
AB system Tray paper feed
section
Paper size A4, B5, A5 (Landscape)
Paper weight 56 - 80g/m
2
(15 - 21 lbs.)
Paper feed capacity 250 sheets
Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper
Remark User adjustment of paper guide available
Multi bypass paper
feed section
Paper size A4, B5, A5, B6, A6 (Landscape)
Paper weight 52 - 128g/m
2
(14 - 34.5 lbs.)
Paper feed capacity 50 sheets
Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP,
Label, Envelop (Single copy)
Remark User adjustment of paper guide available
Inch system Tray paper feed
section
Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2 x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2" (Landscape)
Paper weight 15 - 21 lbs.
Paper feed capacity 250 sheets
Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper
Remark User adjustment of paper guide available
Multi bypass paper
feed section
Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2 x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2", 3-1/2" x 5-1/2"
(Landscape)
Paper weight 14 - 34.5 lbs.
Paper feed capacity 50 sheets
Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP,
Label, Envelop (Single copy)
Remark User adjustment of paper guide available
Paper exit section Exit way Face down
Capacity of output tray 100 sheets
Originals Original set Center Registration (left edge)
Max. original size A4 (8-1/2" x 14")
Original kinds sheet, book
Original size detection None
Optical section Scanning
section
Scanning system 3 CCDs (RGB) sensor scanning by lighting white lamp
CCD sensor Resolution 600 dpi
Lighting lamp Type CCFL
Voltage 1100Vrms (Min)
Power consumption 9.6W (Max)
Output data R, G, B 1 or 8 bits/pixel / A/D 16bit
Writing
section
Writing system Writing to OPC drum by the semiconductor laser
Laser unit Resolution 600 dpi
Image forming Photoconductor type OPC (30)
Life 25k
Charger Charging system Saw -tooth charging with a grid, / (-) scorotron
discharge
Transfer system (+) DC corotron system
Separation system (-) DC electrode system
Developing Developing system Dry, 2-component magnetic brush development system
Cleaning Cleaning system Counter blade system (Counter to rotation)
SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 2
*1) May fluctuate due to environmental conditions and the input voltage.
3. Copy performance
Fusing section Fusing system Heat roller system
Upper heat roller type Teflon roller
Lower heat roller type Silicon rubber roller
Heater lamp type Halogen lamp
Voltage 120V/230V
Power consumption 800W
Electrical section Power source Voltage 100V, 110V, 120/127V, 230V, 240V
Frequency Common use for 50 and 60Hz
Power consumption Max. Less than 1000W
Average
(during copying)
e-STUDIO120 300 Wh/H *1)
e-STUDIO150 300 Wh/H *1)
Average (stand-by) 80Wh/H *1)
Pre-heat mode 18Wh/H *1)
Auto power shut-off mode 4.5Wh/H *1)
Section, item Details e-STUDIO120 e-STUDIO150
Copy magnification Fixed
magnification
ratios
3 Reduction + 2 Enlargement
(AB system : 25, 70, 86, 100, 141, 400%)
(Inch system : 25, 64, 78, 100, 129, 400%)
Zooming
magnification
ratios
25 - 400%
(376 steps in 1% increments)
Manual steps
(manual, photo)
5 steps
Copy speed First copy time Tray paper feed 9.6 sec. (Pre-heat mode:25 sec. / Auto power-shut-off mode : 40 sec.)
A4 or Letter/100%/Auto Exposure
AB system
A4
(Landscape)
Copy speed
(CPM)
Same size 12 15
Enlargement 12 15
Reduction 12 15
AB system
B5
(Landscape)
Copy speed
(CPM)
Same size 12 15
Enlargement 12 15
Reduction 12 15
Inch system
8-1/2" x 14"
(Landscape)
Copy speed
(CPM)
Same size 12 12
Enlargement 12 12
Reduction 12 12
Inch system
8-1/2" x 11"
(Landscape)
Copy speed
(CPM)
Same size 12 15
Enlargement 12 15
Reduction 12 15
Max. continuous copy quantity 99
Void Void area leading edge 1 - 4mm
Trailing edge 4mm or less
Side edge void area 0.5mm or more (per side)
4.5mm or less (total of both sides)
Image loss leading edge same size: 3.0mm or less (OC) / 4mm or less (ADF)
Enlarge: 2mm or less (OC) / 3mm or less (ADF)
Reduction (50%): 6.0mm or less (OC) / 8mm or less (ADF)
Warm-up time 30.4 sec.
Power save mode reset time 30.4 sec.
Paper jam recovery time 30.4 sec.
Section, item Details
SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 3
4. GDI Printer
*1: Engine Resolution
5. Scan function
6. ADF (Option)
7. 2nd cassette (Option)
Print speed Max. 12ppm (A4, 8.5" x 11") (Mono CW chart / Pentium III 733Mhz / 128MB / Win 98)
First print time 9.6 sec. (without data transfer time)
CPU None
Memory 8MB
Interface IEEE1284 / USB 1.1
Emulation GDI
Resolution 600dpi *1
Supported OS Win 95 / 98 / Me / NT 4.0 / 2000 / XP
Type Flat Bed Color Scanner
Scanning system Original table/ADF (Valid only in the single mode)
Light source 3 CCDs (RGB) sensor scanning by lighting white lamp (2 pcs of CCFL)
Resolution Optical: 600 x 1200dpi
Setting range: 50 - 9600dpi (Preview resolution is fixed at 75dpi)
Originals Sheet type / Book type
Output data R, G, B 1 or 8 bits/pixel / A/D 16bit
Scan range OC / ADF: 8.52 (H) x 14.72 (V)"
Original position: Left Center
Scan speed OC / ADF: Max. 2.88ms/line (Color/Gray scale), Max. 0.96 ms/line (B & W)
Protocol TWAIN / WIA (Only XP) / STI
Interface USB1.1
Scanner utility Button Manager / Desktop Document Manager / Composer
Scan key/lamp Yes
Duplex scan No
Supported OS Win 98 / Me / 2000 / XP
Void area No (User settable by PC)
Original capacity 30 sheets (52 to 90g/m
2
) (14 to 23.9 lbs.)
Original size A4 to A5/10" x 14" to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"
Original replacement speed 12CPM (A4/8-1/2" x 11"Landscape) (15CPM model)
Original placement Face up
Original weight 52 to 90g/m
2
(14 - 23.9lbs.)
Mixed feeding (Paper size) Performance Limited
No automaticaly reduction
No automaticaly paper selection
Original which cannot Thermal papers, originals with punch holes for files, be used folded paper, transparent originals such as OHP films,
stapled or clip used originals with cover up liquid used, Originals with tape sealed, originals with high level frictional
coefficient such as photos or catalogs.
Copy paper size 5-1/2" x 8-1/2" to 8-1/2" x 14" / A4, B5, A5
Paper weight 15 lbs. to 21 lbs. 56 to 80 g/m
2
Paper capacity One paper tray with capacity for 250 sheets of 21 lb. bond paper
Weight Approx. 6.6 lbs. (3 kg)
Dimensions 19.6" (W) x 15.6" (D) x 3.5" (H)
(498 mm (W) x 395 mm (D) x 88 mm (H))
Power supply Drawn from the copier
CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 1
[3] CONSUMABLE PARTS
1. SuppIy system tabIe
2. EnvironmentaI
The environmental conditions for assuring the copy quality and the
machine operations are as follows:
(1) NormaI operating condition
Temperature: 20C to 25
Humidity: 65 5%RH
(2) AcceptabIe operating condition
(3) OpticaI condition
(4) SuppIy storage condition
3. Production controI number (Iot No.)
identification
<Toner cartridge>
: Destination
<Drum cartridge>
The label on the drum cartridge shows the date of production.
(SOCC production)
<JAPAN production>
No. Name Model name Life Package unit Remark
1 Toner Cartridge PS-ZT1200 8K/6.5K (NAD) 10 Life based on 6% coverage of A4 original.
2 Developer D-1200 25K (6%) 10
3 Drum Kit OD-1200 25K 10
Humidity (RH)
85%
60%
20%
10C 30C 35C
Humidity (RH)
90%
60%
15%
25C 30C 40C
Humidity (RH)
90%
20%
5C 45C
Division No.
EX Destination
A same pack G
B same pack H
Option Destination
A P
B Q
Production month
Production day
Destination code
(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.)
Production place
(SOCC: Fixed to B.)
End digit of year
Version No.
Production month
Production day
Destination code
(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.)
Production place
(SOCC: Fixed to B.)
End digit of year
Version No.
X 0001 1 9 Ver.A 1
Production month
(1 - 9 = Jan. - Sep. 0 = Oct. X = Nov. Y = Dec.)
Serial number of month
Fixed to 1.
Pack division
(See table below)
End digit of year
Version No.
CONSUMABLE PARTS 3 - 2
1 The production control label is not attached to the cartridge of a
China product.
<DeveIoper>
4. Toner cartridge repIacement
1) Open the front and side cabinets of the copier.
2) Keep holding Toner lover, and
3) Carefully pull out Toner cartridge from the copier.
4) Put Toner cartridge in a collection bag immediately after removing
it from the copier
Note: Never carry exposed Toner cartridge. Be sure to put it in the
collection bag.
Division No.
Ex production 1
Option 2
Same pack 3
Production control
label attachment position
Production control
label attachment position(*1)
Sub lot
Production day
Production month
End digit of year
Production place
1
3
2
EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES (ADF + 2ND CASSETTE) 4 - 1
[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES (ADF + 2ND CASSETTE)
1. Appearance
2. InternaI
1 Original table 2 Operation panel 3 Front cover
4 Paper tray 5 Side cover 6 Side cover open button
7 Multi-bypass tray 8 Bypass tray guides 9 Paper output tray
10 Paper output tray extension 11 Power switch 12 Handle
13 Power cord socket
1 Toner cartridge 2 Fusing unit release lever 3 Transfer charger
4 Charger cleaner 5 Photoconductive drum
2
3
4
1
5
7
8
6
9
10
11
12
13
1
2
3
4
5
EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES (ADF + 2ND CASSETTE) 4 - 2
3. Operation paneI
1 3 9 4 5 6 7 8 10
11 12 15 13 16 17 14
2
3 Inch system
1 ONLINE key and indicator
Lights up when the unit is used as a printer and scanner.
For description of the ON LINE indicator. *1
2 SCANNER key and indicator *1, *2
3 Copy ratio seIector key and indicators
Use to sequentially select preset reduction/enlargement copy ratios.
Selected copy ratio is shown by a lit indicator.
4 Copy ratio dispIay (%) key
5 DispIay
Displays the specified copy quantity, zoom copy ratio, user program
code, and error code.
6 AIarm indicators
Developer replacement required indicator
Misfeed indicator
Toner cartridge replacement required indicator *3
Maintenance indicator
7 ADF indicator 8 ADF misfeed indicator
9 Exposure mode seIector key and indicators
Use to sequentially select the exposure modes: AUTO, MANUAL or
PHOTO.
Selected mode is shown by a lit indicator.
10 Power save indicator
Lights up when the unit is in a power save mode.
11 ZOOM keys and indicator
Use to select any reduction or enlargement copy ratio from 25% to
400% in 1% increments.
12 Copy quantity keys
Use to select the desired copy quantity (1 to 99).
Use to make user program entries.
13 Tray seIect key
Use to select a paper feed station (paper tray 1, paper tray 2 or
bypass tray).
14 Paper feed Iocation indicators
Light up to show the selected paper feed station.
15 Light and dark keys and indicators
Use to adjust the MANUAL or PHOTO exposure level.
Selected exposure level is shown by a lit indicator.
Use to start and terminate user program setting.
16 CIear key
Press to clear the display, or press during a copy run to terminate
copying.
Press and hold down during standby to display the total number of
copies made to date.
17 Start key and indicator
Copying is possible when the indicator is on.
Press to start copying
Use to set a user program.
EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES (ADF + 2ND CASSETTE) 4 - 3
*1. Indicators on the operation paneI
The ONLINE indicator and the start ( ) indicator indicate the
state of the printer or scanner.
Start indicator
Power save indicator
ONLINE indicator
The ONLINE key is pressed and on line and off line are changed.
Scanner indicator
*2. Using the SCANNER key to begin scanning
This scanning method can only be used if the Button Manager has
been installed using the installer. To scan using this method, you
must first complete the settings in Button Manager in your com-
puter. For more information on Button Manager, see the online
manual or the help file for Button Manager.
Note:
Scanning is not possible during a copy job.
If the unit is used to begin a scan job during a print job, the scan
job will be stored and scanning will begin when the print job is
completed.
1) Press the SCANNER ( ) key.
The unit enters scan mode.
2) Place the original you wish to scan on the original table.
For the procedure for placing the original, see "ORIGINAL
PLACEMENT".
3) Press the up copy quantity key to display the number of the
application that you wish to use for scanning.
The application numbers are initially as follows.
4) Press the start ( ) key.
The selected application launches and scanning begins.
*3. Toner Cartridge RepIacement
When toner density is lower than a specified level, the TONER
CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT indicator lights up to warn the user.
If the Toner Cartridge is not replaced in that time, the Ready Lamp
changes to blinking and then start to supply the toner after around
10 copies. (Cartridge replacement lamp continues to light.) If toner
density is not back to specific level after two minutes, the READY
indicator goes out and Toner indicator starts blinking, and the
copier stops.
On: Indicates the unit is ready for copying or scanning is
being performed.
Blinking: The indicator blinks in the following situations:
When a print job is interrupted.
During initialization of the unit. (the cover has been
opened and closed or the power turned off and on.)
When reserving a copy job.
When toner is being replenished during a copy or print
job.
Off: The indicator is off in the following situations:
During copying or scanning.
The unit is in the auto power shut-off mode.
When a misfeed or error has occurred.
On: Indicates the unit is in a power save mode.
On: Indicates the unit is ready for printing or scanning is
being performed. (On line)
Blinking: Printing or data is being received from a computer.
Off: Copying is being performed. (Off line)
On: The SCANNER ( ) key has been pressed and the unit
is in scanner mode.
Blinking: A scan job is being executed from the computer, or scan
data is stored in the unit's memory.
Off: The unit is in the copy mode.
POWER SAVE indicator
START indicator
SCANNER indicator
ONLINE indicator
Application
number
Application launched
SC1 Desktop Document Manager (if installed)
SC2 E-mail (your standard e-mail program in the
Windows OS you are using)
SC3 Fax (if a fax program is installed)
SC4 OCR (if an OCR program is installed)
SC5 Microsoft Word (if installed)
SC6 Any application set in Button Manager
EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES (ADF + 2ND CASSETTE) 4 - 4
4. Motors and soIenoids
12
2 8
11
9
4
1
5
7
6
10
3
No. Part name Control signal Function / Operation
1 Main motor MM Drives the copier.
2 Scanner motor MRMT Drives the optical mirror base (scanner unit).
3 Toner motor TM Supplies toner.
4 Cooling fan motor VFM Cools the optical section.
5 Resist roller solenoid RRS Resist roller rotation control solenoid
6 Paper feed solenoid CPFS1 Cassette Paper feed solenoid 1
7 Multi paper feed solenoid MPFS Multi manual pages feed solenoid
8 ADF motor SPFM Drives the single pass feeder
9 Original feed solenoid SPUS Original feed solenoid
10 Paper feed solenoid CPFS2 Cassette Paper feed solenoid 2
11 Original resist roller solenoid SRRC Original resist roller solenoid
12 Original paper feed solenoid SPFS Original paper feed solenoid
EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES (ADF + 2ND CASSETTE) 4 - 5
5. Sensors and switches
1
9
2
7
8
3
4
10
5
11
6
No. Name Signal Type Function Output
1 Scanner unit home position
sensor
MHPS Transmission sensor Scanner unit home position detection "H" at home position
2 POD sensor POD Transmission sensor Paper exit detection "H" at paper pass
3 PPD2 sensor PPD2 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 2 "L" at paper pass
4 Cassette detection switch CED1 Micro-switch Cassette installation detection "L" at cassette insertion
5 PPD1 sensor PPD1 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 1 "L" at paper pass
6 Door switch DSW Micro-switch Door open/close detection
(safety switch for 24V)
1 or 0V of 24V at door open
7 ADF sensor SPID Transmission sensor Paper entry detection "L" at paper pass
8 SPPD sensor SPPD Transmission sensor Paper transport detection "L" at paper pass
9 SDOD sensor SDOD Transmission sensor ADF open/close detection Book
sensor
"L" at paper pass
10 2nd cassette DSW Micro-switch 2nd cassette door open detection 1 or 0V of 5V at door open
11 PPD3 sensor PPD3 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 3 "L" at paper pass
EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES (ADF + 2ND CASSETTE) 4 - 6
6. PWB unit
2
9
8
6
7
3
4
5
1
No. Name Function
1 Exposure lamp invertor PWB Exposure lamp (CCFL) control
2 Main PWB (MCU) Copier control
3 Operation PWB Operation input/display
4 Power PWB AC power input, DC voltage control, High voltage control
5 CCD sensor PWB For image scanning
6 LSU motor PWB For polygon motor drive
7 TCS PWB For toner sensor control
8 LSU PWB For laser control
9 I/F PWB Scanner/GDI Printer control (parallel I/F, USB I/F)
EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES (ADF + 2ND CASSETTE) 4 - 7
7. Cross sectionaI view
2 1 4
3
18 15 16
17
6
7
8
5
9
10
11
12 13 14
No. Part name Function and operation
1 Scanner unit Illuminates the original with the copy lamp and passes the reflected light to the lens unit(CCD).
2 Exposure lamp Exposure lamp (CCFL) Illuminates original
3 LSU (Laser unit) Converts the original image signal into laser beams and writes onto the drum.
4 Paper exit roller Roller for paper exit
5 Main charger Provides negative charges evenly to the drum surface.
6 Heat roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Teflon roller)
7 Pressure roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Silicon rubber roller)
8 Drum Forms images.
9 Transfer unit Transfers images onto the drum.
10 Pickup roller Picks up the manual feed paper. (In multi feed only)
11 Manual paper feed tray Tray for manual feed paper
12 Manual paper feed roller Transport the paper from the manual paper feed port.
13 PS roller unit Takes synchronization between the lead edge and the rear edge of the paper.
14 Paper feed roller Picks up a sheet of paper from the cassette.
15 Pickup roller Picks up documents.
16 Separation roller Separates documents to feed properly.
17 PS roller Feeds documents to the scanning section.
18 Paper exit roller Discharges documents.
UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 1
[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION
1. Copier instaIIation
Improper installation may damage the copier. Please note the following
during initial installation and whenever the copier is moved.
Caution: If the copier is moved from a cool place to a warm place, con-
densation may form inside the copier. Operation in this condi-
tion will cause poor copy quality and malfunctions.
Leave the copier at room temperature for at least 2 hours
before use.
Do not install your copier in areas that are:
damp, humid, or very dusty
exposed to direct sunlight
poorly ventilated
subject to extreme temperature or humidity changes, e.g., near an
air conditioner or heater.
The copier should be installed near an accessible power outlet for easy
connection.
Be sure to connect the power cord only to a power outlet that meets
the specified voltage and current requirements.
Also make certain the outlet is properly grounded.
Be sure to allow the required space around the machine for servicing
and proper ventilation.
2. Cautions on handIing
Be careful in handling the copier as follows to maintain the perfor-
mance of this copier.
Do not drop the copier, subject it to shock or strike it against any
object.
Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight.
Doing so will damage the surface (green portion) of the drum cartridge,
causing poor print quality.
Store spare supplies such as drum cartridges and Toner cartridges in a
dark place without removing from the package before use.
If they are exposed to direct sunlight, poor print quality may result.
Do not touch the surface (green portion) of the drum cartridge.
Doing so will damage the surface of the cartridge, causing poor print
quality.
3. Checking packed components and
accessories
Open the carton and check if the following components and accesso-
ries are included.
8" (20cm)
4"
(10cm)
4"
(10cm)
8"(20cm)
Power cord
Operation manual
Drum cartridge
(installed in unit)
UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 2
4. Unpacking
Be sure to hold the handles on both sides of the copier to unpack the
copier and carry it to the installation location.
5. Removing protective packing materiaIs
1) Remove pieces of tape and protective cover. Then open the origi-
nal cover and remove protective materials (a) and (b).
2) Release the scan head locking switch.
3) Ensure that the bypass tray is open and then open the side cover
by pressing the open button on the side cover.
4) Remove the CAUTION tape from the front cover and remove the
two protective pins from the fusing unit by pulling the strings
upward one at a time.
6. DeveIoper unit instaIIation
1) 2) 3) Open the side and front cabinets of the copier.
4) Remove the locking tape of the developer unit.
5) Remove the screw which is fixing the copier and Developer unit.
6) Remove Developer unit slowly from the copier.
7) Remove the screw (1 pc).
8) Remove Upper developer unit.
Lock Unlock
Grasp here and turn in
the direction of the arrow.
CAUTION tape
Protective pins
2
4
5
3
1
UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 3
9) Shake the aluminum bag to stir developer
10) Supply developer from the aluminum bag to the top of the MX roller
evenly.
Note: Be careful not to splash developer outside Developer unit.
11) Attach Upper developer unit and fix it with a screw.
12) Rotate the MG roller gear to distribute developer evenly.
Note: Never rotate the gear in the reverse direction.
Note: When carrying Developer unit, do not tilt it extremely as
shown with the arrow in the figure below.
(Prevention of splash of developer)
13) Insert Developer unit carefully into the copier.
Note: Quick insertion may result in splash of developer. Be sure to
insert carefully.
14) Confirm that Developer unit is completely inserted to the bottom of
the machine, fix Developer unit and the machine with a screw.
15) Completion of Developer unit installation
7. Toner cartridge instaIIation
1) To prevent against uneven distribution of toner, hold Toner car-
tridge with both hands and shake it several times horizontally.
2) Hold the section of Toner cartridge shown in the figure below,
remove the packing tape, and remove the cushion.
3) Pull out the cushion in the arrow direction.
4) Insert Toner cartridge carefully into the copier.
5) Insert until the hook is engaged with the copier as shown in the fig-
ure below.
6) Pull out the shutter in the arrow direction.
Note: Do not hold and carry the shutter. Otherwise the shutter may
drop and Toner cartridge may drop.
7) Completion of Toner cartridge installation
Close the front and side cabinets.
UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 4
8. Loading copy paper
Note: This copier is equipped with two paper trays. Load copy paper
into the two paper trays.
1) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper tray out until
it stops.
2) Remove the pressure plate lock. Rotate the pressure plate lock in
the direction of the arrow to remove it while pressing down the
pressure plate of the paper tray.
3) Store the pressure plate lock that was removed in step 2 and the
screw that was removed when unpacking the machine in the front
of the paper tray. To store the pressure plate lock, rotate the lock to
fix it on the relevant location.
4) Adjust the paper guides on the paper tray to the copy paper width
and length.
Squeeze the lever of paper guide (A) and slide the guide to match
with the width of the paper.
Move paper guide (B) to the appropriate slot as marked on the tray.
5) Fan the copy paper and insert it into the tray. Make sure the edges
go under the corner hooks.
Note: Do not load paper above the maximum height line ( ).
Exceeding the line will cause a paper misfeed.
6) Gently push the paper tray back into the copier.
Note: After loading copy paper, to cancel the blinking "H" without
restarting copying, press the clear ( ) key. The "P" in the
display will go out and the ready ( ) indicator will light up.
9. Power to copier
1) Ensure that the power switch of the copier is in the OFF position.
Insert the attached power cord into the power cord socket at the
rear of the copier.
2) Plug the other end of the power cord into the nearest outlet.
10. Software for the TOSHIBA personaI MFP
series
The supplied CD-ROM includes software for this unit.
MFP driver
Scanner driver
Permits you to operate scanning function of this unit with TWAIN-com-
pliant and WIA-compliant application.
Printer driver
Enables you to use the printer function of this unit with your computer.
Print Status Window
The print state and information on current printing are displayed on the
status monitor window.
Desktop Document Manager
An integrated software environment that makes it easy to manage doc-
ument and image files and launch applications.
Button Manager
Button Manager enabling the SCANNER key located on the unit.
(Hardware and software requirements)
Check the following hardware and software requirements in order to
install the software.
*1: Compatible with Windows 98, Windows Me, Windows 2000 Profes-
sional, Windows XP Professional or Windows XP Home Edition
preinstalled model with USB interface equipped as standard.
*2: Printing is unavailable in MS-DOS mode.
*3: The administrator's authorisation is required to install this software
using this installer.
Paper
guide (B)
Paper
guide (A)
Computer type IBM PC/AT or compatible computer equipped with
a USB1.1
*1
or bi-directional parallel interface
(IEEE 1284)
Operating
system
*2
Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows Me,
Windows NT Workstation 4.0 (ServicePack 5 or
later)
*3
, Windows 2000 Professional
*3
, Windows
XP Professional
*3
, Windows XP Home Edition
*3

Display 800 x 600dots (SVGA) display with 256 colors (or
better)
Hard disk free
space
150MB or more
Other requirement
for hardware
An environment on which any of the operating
systems listed above can fully operate
UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 5
(Before instaIIation)
The following table shows the drivers and software that can be
installed for each version of Windows and interface connection
method.
*1: When the unit is connected through the parallel port, the Print Sta-
tus Window can only be used when the parallel port is set to ECP
mode. To set the parallel port mode, refer to your computer manual
or ask the manufacturer of your computer.
*2: Desktop Document Manager can be installed when using a parallel
interface connection, however, the unit's scanner function cannot
be used.
Is there another GDI printer driver or a Windows Printing System
printer driver already installed? If installed, change the printer port
setting. For the change of the printer port setting, see "USING
OTHER INSTALLED DRIVERS".
(FIow of instaIIation)
Refer to the following table and then begin installation
(InstaIIing the software)
The following term is used in this section.
MFP
Means the unit as a printer and scanner.
For this description, it is assumed that the mouse is configured for
right hand operation.
To print or scan, the MFP must be in the online state.
The scanner feature only works when using a USB interface cable.
If any error message appears, solve the problem following the
instructions on the screen. After your problem is solved, the installing
procedure will be continued. Depending on your problem, you may
have to exit the installer. In this case, click the "Cancel" button to exit
the installer. After solving your problem, reinstall the software from
the beginning.
A. Windows XP (USB/paraIIeI interface)
Before starting the installation, make sure the USB or parallel interface
cable is not connected to the MFP.
1) Insert the supplied CD-ROM into your CD-ROM drive.
2) Click the "start" button, click "My Computer", and then double-click
the CD-ROM icon.
When any of "Found New Hardware Wizard" messages appear
during the software installation, be sure to click the "Cancel" but-
ton.
3) Double-click the "Setup" icon.
If the language selection screen appears after you double click the
"Setup" icon, select the language you wish to use and click the
"Next" button. (Normally, the correct language is selected automati-
cally.)
4) Select the software packages to be installed, and then click the
"Next" button.
The software packages with checkmark on the list on the screen
will be installed.
Click the "Display README" button to show the information on the
selected package.
If you are using the parallel interface connection, do not select
the Button Manager checkbox because this feature is not sup-
ported with the parallel interface.
If the following screen appears, click the "OK" button. Review the
contents in "BEFORE INSTALLATION", and then select only
appropriate the software packages to be installed.
5) Review the software packages to be installed on the screen, and
then click the "Start" button.
The software packages to be installed will be displayed on the
screen. If inappropriate packages are displayed, click the "Back"
button to select appropriate packages again.
6) Copying files for MFP driver installation (This step will start if it was
selected in step 4).
1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome" window, click
the "Next" button.
2. A dialog box appears asking you to verify that the USB or paral-
lel interface cable is not connected to the MFP. Make sure that
the interface cable is not connected and click the "Next" button.
MFP Driver
Button
Manager
Desktop
Document
Manager
Printer
driver/
Print Status
Window
Scanner
driver
Users of Windows
98/Me/2000/XP
who will use the
USB interface
connection
Available
*1
Available Available Available
Users of Windows
98/Me/2000/XP
who will use the
parallel interface
connection
Not
Available
Not
Available
Available
*2
Windows 95/NT 4.0
users
Operating
system
Interface Reference pages for how to install
Windows XP
USB/
Parallel
Installing onto Windows XP (USB/parallel
interface)
Windows 98
USB
Installing onto Windows 98/Me/2000 (USB
interface)
Parallel
Installing onto Windows 95/98/Me/NT4.0/
2000 (Parallel interface)
Windows Me
USB
Installing onto Windows 98/Me/2000 (USB
interface)
Parallel
Installing onto Windows 95/98/Me/NT4.0/
2000 (Parallel interface)
Windows
2000
USB
Installing onto Windows 98/Me/2000 (USB
interface)
Parallel
Installing onto Windows 95/98/Me/NT4.0/
2000 (Parallel interface)
Windows 95/
NT 4.0
Parallel
Installing onto Windows 95/98/Me/NT4.0/
2000 (Parallel interface)
UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 6
3. Click the "Next" button in the dialog box to install the MFP driver
or Cancel to quit the installation.
The setup program will start to copy the files.
If the following screen appears while the files are being copied
(the message may appear more than once), click "Continue
Anyway".
4. When the "The MFP driver installation is complete." dialog box
appears, click the "OK" button.
The Button Manager installer will start.
7) Begin installation of the Button Manager (This step will start if it was
selected in step 4).
1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome" window, click
the "Next" button.
2. Read the message in the "Please read the following informa-
tion." window, and then click the "Next" button.
3. When a message appears that lets you specify the location for
the software to be installed, click the "Next" button.
4. If the program displays, "Do you want the Button Manager
added to Windows Startup?", check "Yes" and click the "OK"
button.
The setup program will start to copy the files.
5. Click the "Finish" button when the message informs you that
setup is successful.
The Desktop Document Manager installer will start.
8) Begin installation of the Desktop Document Manager (This step will
start if it was selected in step 4).
1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome to Desktop Doc-
ument Manager installation" window, click the "Next" button.
2. Read the message in the "Information" window, and then click
the "Next" button.
3. When the "Choose Destination Location" window appears, click
the "Next" button.
4. When the "Select Program Folder" window appears, click the
"Next" button.
The setup program will start to copy the files.
5. Click the "Finish" button when the message informs you that
Setup is complete.
9) Click the "Close" button when the message informs you that "Setup
has finished". When the "Now connect the MFP interface cable to
the PC" dialog box appears, click the "OK" button.
After the installation, a message to restart your computer may be
displayed. In this case, click the "Yes" button to restart your com-
puter.
10) Connect the USB interface cable or parallel interface cable (see
page 5-9).
Windows will detect the MFP and the Plug and Play screen will
appear. If you are using Windows XP with the parallel interface, go
to step 12.
11) Begin installation of the scanner driver.
1. "TOSHIBA e-STUDIOnnn" (where nnn is the model name of
your MFP) will appear in the "Found New Hardware Wizard"
dialog box. Select "Install the software automatically (Recom-
mended)" and click the "Next" button.
2. The "Install hardware" dialog box will appear. Click the "Con-
tinue Anyway" button.
3. When installation of the driver is completed, click the "Finish"
button to finish the scanner driver installation.
12) Begin installation of the printer driver.
1. "TOSHIBA e-STUDIOnnn" (where nnn is the model name of
your MFP) will appear in the "Found New Hardware Wizard"
dialog box. Select "Install the software automatically (Recom-
mended)" and click the "Next" button.
2. The "Hardware Installation" dialog box will appear. Click the
"Continue Anyway" button.
3. When installation of the driver is completed, click the "Finish"
button to finish the printer driver installation.
You have completed the installation of all the software.
B. Windows 98/Me/2000 (USB interface)
Before starting the installation, make sure the USB interface cable is
not connected to the MFP.
1) Insert the supplied CD-ROM into your CD-ROM drive.
2) Double-click "My Computer", and then double-click the CD-ROM
icon.
When any of "Hardware Found", or "Found New Hardware Wiz-
ard" messages appear during the software installation, be sure
to click the "Cancel" button.
3) Double-click the "Setup" icon.
If the language selection screen appears after you double click
the "Setup" icon, select the language you wish to use and click
the "Next" button. (Normally, the correct language is selected
automatically.)
4) Select the software packages to be installed, and then click the
"Next" button.
The software packages with checkmark on the list on the screen
will be installed. Click the "Display README" button to show the
information on the selected package.
If the following screen appears, click the "OK" button. Review the
contents in "BEFORE INSTALLATION", and then select the
appropriate driver software packages to be installed.
5) Review the software packages to be installed on the screen, and
then click the "Start" button.
The software packages to be installed will be displayed on the
screen. If inappropriate packages are displayed, click the "Back"
button to select appropriate packages again.
UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 7
6) Copying files for MFP driver installation.
1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome" window, click
the "Next" button.
2. A dialog box appears asking you to verify that the interface
cable is not connected to the MFP. Make sure that the interface
cable is not connected and click the "Next" button.
3. Click the "Next" button in the dialog box showing the files to be
copied for installation of the MFP driver.
The setup program will start to copy the files.
In Windows 2000, if the following screen appears while the files
are being copied (the message may appear more than once),
click "Yes" in Windows 2000.
4. The following screen appears when all of the files for the USB
interface connection have been copied. If you are not using a
parallel interface cable for connection to the MFP, please click
the "No" button.
5. When the "The MFP driver installation is complete." dialog box
appears, click the "OK" button.
The Button Manager installer will start.
7) Begin installation of the Button Manager (This step will start if it was
selected in step 4).
1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome" window, click
the "Next" button.
2. Read the message in the "Please read the following informa-
tion." window, and then click the "Next" button.
3. When a message appears that lets you specify the location for
the software to be installed, click the "Next" button.
4. If the program displays, "Do you want to add Button Manager to
Startup program?", check "Yes" and click the "OK" button.
The setup program will start to copy the files.
5. Click the "Finish" button when the message to inform you of the
completion of the installation appears.
The Desktop Document Manager installer will start.
8) Begin installation of the Desktop Document Manager (This step will
start if it was selected in step 4).
1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome to Desktop Doc-
ument Manager installation" window, click the "Next" button.
2. Read the message in the "Information" window, and then click
the "Next" button.
3. When the "Choose Destination Location" window appears, click
the "Next" button.
4. When the "Select Program Folder" window appears, click the
"Next" button.
The setup program will start to copy the files.
If the dialog box asking "This program is about to install Desktop
Document Manager imaging, which does not support LZW com-
pression." appears, answer the question to continue the Desk-
top Document Manager installation.
5. Click the "Finish" button when the message to inform you of the
completion of the installation appears.
9) Click the "Close" button when the message to inform you of the
completion of the installation appears. When the "Now connect the
MFP interface cable to the PC." dialog box or "After Windows sys-
tem restart..." dialog box appears, click the "OK" button.
After the installation, a message to restart your computer may be
displayed. In this case, click the "Yes" button to restart your com-
puter.
10) Connect the USB interface cable (see page 5-9).
Windows will detect the MFP and the Plug and Play screen will
appear.
11) Follow the instructions in the Plug and Play screen that appears in
your version of Windows to begin the installation.
You have completed the installation of the software.
C. Windows 95/98/Me/NT4.0/2000 (ParaIIeI interface)
Before starting the installation, make sure the USB or parallel interface
cable is not connected to the MFP.
1) Insert the supplied CD-ROM into your CD-ROM drive.
2) Double-click "My Computer", and then double-click the CD-ROM
icon.
When any of "Hardware Found", or "Found New Hardware Wiz-
ard" messages appear during the software installation, be sure
to click the "Cancel" button.
3) Double-click the "Setup" icon.
If the language selection screen appears after you double click
the "Setup" icon, select the language you wish to use and click
the "Next" button. (Normally, the correct language is selected
automatically.)
UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 8
4) Select the software packages to be installed, and then click the
"Next" button.
The software packages with checkmark on the list on the screen
will be installed.
Click the "Display README" button to show the information on the
selected package.
In Windows 95/NT 4.0, "Button Manager" does not appear. In
Windows 98/Me/2000, do not select the "Button Manager"
checkbox. because this is not supported when using the parallel
interface.
5) The next screen appears. Make sure that the parallel interface
cable is not connected, and click "OK".
6) Check the contents of the package on the screen, and then click
the "Start" button.
The software packages to be installed will be displayed on the
screen. If inappropriate packages are displayed, click the "Back"
button to select only appropriate software packages.
7) Copying files for MFP driver installation and parallel interface setup
(This step will start if it was selected in step 4).
1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome" window, click
the "Next" button.
2. A dialog box appears asking you to verify that the USB or paral-
lel interface cable is not connected to the MFP. Make sure that
the interface cable is not connected and click the "Next" button.
3. Click the "Next" button in the dialog box to install the MFP driver
or Cancel to quit the installation.
The setup program will start to copy the files.
In Windows 2000, if the following screen appears while the files
are being copied (the message may appear more than once),
click "Yes" in Windows 2000.
4. The following screen appears. Click the "Yes" button, and then
the Model screen will appear. Select the model number that is
the same as the model name of your MFP and click the "Next"
button.
Be sure to select the displayed model number that is the same
as the MFP's model name. If they are not the same, the driver
will not be installed correctly.
5. Establish the printer settings and click the "Next" button.
Select "LPT1" for the port to be used. If "LPT1" does not appear,
it is likely that another printer or peripheral device is using
"LPT1". Check your other printers and peripheral devices, and
change the port setting as needed so no device is using "LPT1".
If you wish the MFP to be your default printer, select "Yes". If
not, select "No".
6. When the "Setup has completed gathering all necessary instal-
lation information" dialog box appears, click the "Yes" button.
The parallel interface driver is installed.
7. When the "The MFP driver installation is complete." dialog box
appears, click the "OK" button.
The Desktop Document Manager installer will start.
8) Begin installation of the Desktop Document Manager (This step will
start if it was selected in step 4).
1. After confirming the message in the "Welcome to Desktop Doc-
ument Manager installation" window, click the "Next" button.
2. Read the message in the "Information" window, and then click
the "Next" button.
3. When the "Choose Destination Location" window appears, click
the "Next" button.
4. When the "Select Program Folder" window appears, click the
"Next" button.
The setup program will start to copy the files.
If the dialog box asking "This program is about to install Desktop
Document Manager imaging, which does not support LZW com-
pression." appears, answer the question to continue the Desk-
top Document Manager installation.
5. Click the "Finish" button when the message to inform you of the
completion of the installation appears.
9) Click the "Close" button when the message to inform you of the
completion of the installation appears.
When the "Now connect the MFP interface cable to the PC." dialog
box or "After Windows system restart..." dialog box appears, click
the "OK" button.
After the installation, a message to restart your computer may be
displayed. In this case, click the "Yes" button to restart your com-
puter.
10) Connect the parallel interface cable. (see page 5-9)
You have completed the installation of all the software.
Windows 95/NT 4.0 Windows 98/Me/2000
UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 9
11. Connecting the interface cabIe
This unit includes both USB and parallel interface connectors.
Interface cables for connecting the unit to your computer are not
included with this unit.
Caution:
If you intend to use the unit as a scanner, it must be connected to
your computer with a USB interface cable. The scanner function can-
not be used if the unit is connected with a parallel cable.
USB is available with a PC/AT compatible computer that was origi-
nally equipped with USB and had Windows 98, Windows Me, Win-
dows 2000 Professional, Windows XP Professional or Windows XP
Home Edition preinstalled.
Do not connect the interface cable before installing the MFP driver.
The interface cable should be connected during installa-tion of the
MFP driver.
Connecting the USB interface cabIe
1) Obtain a shielded USB interface cable.
2) Insert the cable into the USB interface connector located on the
rear of the unit.
3) Insert the other end of the cable into the interface connector of your
computer, or the USB hub connected to your computer.
Connecting the paraIIeI interface cabIe
1) Obtain an IEEE1284 shielded parallel interface cable.
2) Ensure that your computer and unit are turned off.
3) Insert the cable into the parallel interface connector located on the
rear of the unit, and fasten with clasps.
4) Insert the other end of the cable into the interface connector of your
computer.
12. ParaIIeI interface
This printer uses a bi-directional parallel interface. Use the supplied
interface cable.
Connector
36-pin ACON RBE42-36K1153 female connector or equivalent con-
nector
CabIe
Shielded type bi-directional parallel interface For best results, use a
printer interface cable which is IEEE1284 compliant.
Pin configuration
The pin numbers and signal names are listed in the following table.
Pin
No.
Signal name
Pin
No.
Signal name
1 STB 19 GND (STB RET)
2 DATA1 20 GND (DATA1 RET)
3 DATA2 21 GND (DATA2 RET)
4 DATA3 22 GND (DATA3 RET)
5 DATA4 23 GND (DATA4 RET)
6 DATA5 24 GND (DATA5 RET)
7 DATA6 25 GND (DATA6 RET)
8 DATA7 26 GND (DATA7 RET)
9 DATA8 27 GND (DATA8 RET)
10 ACKNLG 28 GND (ACKNLG RET)
11 BUSY 29 GND (BUSY RET)
12 PE (Paper End) 30 GND (PE RET)
13 SLTC 31 INPRM
14 AUTO LF 32 FAULT
15 (NC) 33 (NC)
16 GND (0 V) 34 (NC)
17 FG 35 +5 V
18 +5 V 36 SLTC IN
1 18
36 19
UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 10
13. USB interface
Connector
4-pin ACON UBR23-4K2200
Type-B connector
CabIe
Shielded twisted pair cable
(2 m (6 feet) Max.: high-speed transmission equivalent)
Pin configuration
The pin numbers and signal names are listed in the following table.
14. Moving
Moving instructions
When moving the unit, follow the procedure below.
Note: When moving this unit, be sure to remove the Toner cartridge in
advance.
1) Turn the power switch off and remove the power cord from the out-
let.
2) Open the side cover and front cover, in that order. Remove the
Toner cartridge and close the front cover and side cover, in that
order.
To open and close the side cover and front cover, and to remove
the Toner cartridge, see "TONER CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT".
3) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper tray out until it
stops.
4) Push the center of the pressure plate down until it locks in place
and lock the plate using the pressure plate lock which has been
stored in the front of the paper tray.
5) Push the paper tray back into the unit.
6) Lock the scan head locking switch.
Note: When shipping the unit, the scan head locking switch must be
locked to prevent shipping damage.
7) Close the multi-bypass tray and the paper output tray extension,
and attach the packing materials and tape which were removed
during installation of the unit. See "PREPARING THE UNIT FOR
INSTALLATION".
8) Pack the unit into the carton. See "CHECKING PACKED COMPO-
NENTS AND ACCESSORIES".
Pin No. Signal name
1 +5V
2 -DATA
3 +DATA
4 GND
1 2
3 4
COPY PROCESS 6 - 1
[6] COPY PROCESS
1. FunctionaI diagram
(Basic operation cycIe)
(20 microns thick)
Aluminum drum
Pigment layer (0.2
to 0.3 microns thick)
An OPC drum is used for the photoconductor.
(Structure of the OPC drum layers)
OPC layer
Main charger
Laser beam
MG roller
Cleaning blade
Drum
Transfer unit
Resist roller
Exposure
Main high voltage unit
Saw tooth Charge
Drum
Cleaning
Cleaning blade
Waste toner box
Paper release Fusing Separation
Heat roller
Heater lamp
Transfer
Transfer charger
Transfer high
voltage unit
Developing
Toner
Developer
Print process
Paper transport route
Semiconductor laser
Manual feed
PS roller
Focus correction lens
Electrode
Synchronization
with drum
Cassette
paper feed
To face
down tray
COPY PROCESS 6 - 2
2. OutIine of print process
This printer is a non-impact printer that uses a semiconductor laser
and electrostatic print process. This printer uses an OPC (Organic
Photo Conductor) for its photoconductive material.
First, voltage from the main corona unit charges the drum surface and
a latent image is formed on the drum surface using a laser beam. This
latent image forms a visible image on the drum surface when toner is
applied. The toner image is then transferred onto the print paper by the
transfer corona and fused on the print paper in the fusing section with
a combination of heat and pressure.
Step-1: Charge
Step-2: Exposure
* Latent image is formed on the drum.
Step-3: Developing
Latent image formed on the drum is then changed into visible
image with toner.
Step-4: Transfer
The visible image (toner image) on the drum is transferred
onto the print paper.
Step-5: Cleaning
Residual toner on the drum surface is removed and collected
by the cleaning blade.
Step-6: Optical discharge
Residual charge on the drum surface is removed, by
semiconductor laser beam.
3. ActuaI print process
Step-1: DC charge
A uniform negative charge is applied over the OPC drum surface by
the main charging unit. Stable potential is maintained by means of the
Scorotron charger.
Positive charges are generated in the aluminum layer.
Step-2: Exposure (Iaser beam, Iens)
A Laser beam is generated from the semiconductor laser and
controlled by the print pattern signal. The laser writes onto the OPC
drum surface through the polygon mirrors and lens. The resistance of
the OPC layer decreases for an area exposed by the laser beam
(corresponding to the print pattern signal). The beam neutralizes the
negative charge. An electrostatic latent image is formed on the drum
surface.
About
DC5.5KV
( 580V/ 400V)
OPC layer
Pigment
layer
Aluminum
drum
OPC layer
Pigment
layer
Aluminum
layer
Drum surface charge
after the exposure
Non-image area Image area
Semiconductor laser
Exposure
(semiconductor laser)
COPY PROCESS 6 - 3
Step-3: DeveIoping (DC bias)
A bias potential is applied to the MG roller in the two component
magnetic brush developing method, and the toner is charged negative
through friction with the carrier.
Non-image area of the drum surface charged with negative potential
repel the toner, whereas the laser exposed portions where no negative
charges exist, attract the toner. As a result, a visible image appears on
the drum surface.
Toner is attracted over the shadowed area because of the developing
bias.
Step-4: Transfer
The visible image on the drum surface is transferred onto the print
paper by applying a positive charge from the transfer corona to the
backside of the print paper.
Step-5: Separation
Since the print paper is charged positively by the transfer corona, it is
discharged by the separation corona. The separation corona is
connected to ground.
Step-6: CIeaning
Toner remaining on the drum is removed and collected by the cleaning
blade. It is transported to the waste toner collecting section in the
cleaning unit by the waste toner transport roller.
S
N
N
:Carrier (Magnetized particle)
:Toner (Charge negative by friction)
(N) (S) Permanent magnet
(provided in three locations)
MG roller

DC
400V 8V
About DC 5.2kV
COPY PROCESS 6 - 4
Step-7: OpticaI discharge (Semiconductor Iaser)
Before the drum rotation is stopped, the semiconductor laser is
radiated onto the drum to reduce the electrical resistance in the OPC
layer and eliminate residual charge, providing a uniform state to the
drum surface for the next page to be printed.
When the electrical resistance is reduced, positive charges on the
aluminum layer are moved and neutralized with negative charges on
the OPC layer.
Charge by the Scorotron charger
Function
The Scorotron charger functions to maintain uniform surface potential
on the drum at all times, It control the surface potential regardless of
the charge characteristics of the photoconductor.
Basic function
A screen grid is placed between the saw tooth and the
photoconductor. A stable voltage is added to the screen grid to
maintain the corona current on the photoconductor.
As the photoconductor is charged by the saw tooth from the main
corona unit, the surface potential increases. This increases the current
flowing through the screen grid. When the photoconductor potential
nears the grid potential, the current turns to flow to the grid so that the
photoconductor potential can be maintained at a stable level.
Process controIIing
Function
The print pattern signal is converted into an invisible image by the
semiconductor laser using negative to positive (reversible) developing
method. Therefore, if the developing bias is added before the drum is
charged, toner is attracted onto the drum. If the developing bias is not
added when the drum is charged, the carrier is attracted to the drum
because of the strong electrostatic force of the drum.
To avoid this, the process is controlled by adjusting the drum potential
and the grid potential of the Scorotron charger.
Basic function
Voltage added to the screen grid can be selected, high and low. To
make it easily understood, the figure below shows voltage transition at
the developer unit.
Start
1) Because the grid potential is at a low level, the drum potential is at
about -400V. (Carrier may not be attracted though the carrier is
pulled towards the drum by the electrostatic force of -400V.
2) Developing bias (-400V) is applied when the photoconductor
potential is switched from LOW to HIGH.
3) Once developing bias (-400V) is applied and the photo conductor
potential rises to HIGH, toner will not be attracted to the drum.
Stop
The reverse sequence takes place.
Retaining developing bias at an abnormal occurrence
Function
The developing bias will be lost if the power supply was removed
during print process. In this event, the drum potential slightly abates
and the carrier makes deposits on the drum because of strong static
power. To prevent this, the machine incorporates a function to retain
the developing bias for a certain period and decrease the voltage
gradually against possible power loss.
Basic function
Normally, the developing bias voltage is retained for a certain time
before the drum comes to a complete stop if the machine should stop
before completing the normal print cycle. The developing bias can be
added before resuming the operation after an abnormal interruption.
Therefore, carrier will not make a deposit on the drum surface.
Semiconductor laser
0
START STOP
Print potential
Toner attract
potential
2)
3)
1) Low
4) High
Drum potential
Developing bias
Time
OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 1
[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS
1. OutIine of operation
The outline of operation is described referring to the basic configuration.
(Basic configuration)
(OutIine of copy operation)
Setting conditions
1) Set copy conditions such as the copy quantity and the copy density
with the operation section, and press the COPY button. The
information on copy conditions is sent to the MCU.
Image scanning
2) When the COPY button is pressed, the scanner section starts
scanning of images.
The light from the copy lamp is reflected by the document and
passed through the lens to the CCD.
Photo signaI/EIectric signaI conversion
3) The image is converted into electrical signals by the CCD circuit
and passed to the MCU.
Image process
4) The document image signal sent from the CCD circuit is processed
under the revised conditions and sent to the LSU (laser unit) as
print data.
EIectric signaI/Photo signaI (Iaser beam) conversion
5) The LSU emits laser beams according to the print data.
(Electrical signals are converted into photo signals.)
6) The laser beams are radiated through the polygon mirror and
various lenses to the OPC drum.
Printing
7) Electrostatic latent images are formed on the OPC drum according
to the laser beams, and the latent images are developed to be
visible images(toner images).
8) Meanwhile the paper is fed to the image transfer section in
synchronization with the image lead edge.
9) After the transfer of toner images onto the paper, the toner images
are fused to the paper by the fusing section. The copied paper is
discharged onto the exit tray.
(OutIine of printer operation)
The print data sent from the PC are passed through the I/F and the
MCU to the LSU. The procedures after that are the same as above 5)
and later.
(OutIine of scanner operation)
The scan data are passed through the MCU and the I/F to the PC
according to the conditions requested by the PC or set by the opera-
tions with the operation panel.
Operation
section
Scanner section
CCD
MCU (Main control/image process section)
Printer/
Scanner I/F
USB or Parallel
PC
Note: The scanner function is effective
only by USB connection.
Laser beam
Paper exit
Fusing section
Paper transport section
Manual paper
feed section
Cassette paper
feed section
Printer section
LSU (Laser unit)
Laser diode, Polygon mirror lens
Process section
OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 2
2. Scanner section
A. Scanner unit
The scanner unit in the digital copier scans images.
It is composed of the optical unit and the drive unit. The optical unit
performs scanning in the main scan direction with the light receiving
elements (color CCD). The drive unit performs scanning in the sub
scanning direction by moving the optical unit.
B. OpticaI system
Two white lamps are used as the light source.
Light radiated from the light source is applied to the document on the
document table. The reflected light from the document is reflected 5
times by No. 1 - No. 3 mirrors and passed through the reduction lens to
form images on the light-receiving surface of 3-line CCD.
The light-receiving surface of the color CCD is provided with 3 line
scanning sections for RGB. Separate images scanned in each color
section are overlapped to complete color scanning. (When PC scan-
ning)
The resolution is 600dpi.
When copying, only the green component is used to print with the
printer.
The color component for printing can be switched to red or blue by the
service simulation.
(Spectrum characteristics of the lamp)
(Spectrum characteristics of the color CCD)
(Optical unit)
C. Drive system
The drive system is composed of the scanner motor, the pulley gear,
the idle pulley, the idle gear, the belt 473, the belt 190, and the shaft.
The motor rotation is converted into reciprocated movements of the
belt 473 through the idle gear, the pulley gear, the belt 190, and the idle
pulley to drive the optical unit.
MBVM26W25W260NLH/G
0.00E+00
1.00E-01
2.00E-01
3.00E-01
4.00E-01
5.00E-01
6.00E-01
0 200 400 600 800
Wave length (nm)
I
n
t
e
n
s
i
t
y

o
f

U
V
Lamp : MBVM26W25W260NLH/G
Lamp current : 5mA
Temp. : 25 degree
1 Table glass 2 Optical unit 3 Lens
4 Mirror 1 5 Mirror 2 6 Mirror 3
7 CCD PWB 8 Lamp 9 Reflector
10 Original
1
9
8
10 8
9
7
3
5
4
2
6
1 Scanner motor 2 Pulley gear 3 Idle pulley
4 Belt 473 5 Belt 190 6 Optical unit
7 Shaft 8 Idle gear
7
3 4 6 2 8 5
1
3
OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 3
3. Laser unit
The image data sent from the MCU (image process circuit) is sent to
the LSU (laser unit), where it is converted into laser beams.
A. Basic structure
The LSU unit is the writing section of the digital optical system.
The semiconductor laser is used as the light source, and images are
formed on the OPC drum by the polygon mirror and f lens, etc.
The laser beams are passed through the collimator lens, the cylindrical
lens, the polygon mirror, the f lens, and the mirror to form images on
the OPC drum in the main scanning direction. The laser emitting PWB
is provided with the APC (auto power control) in order to eliminate fluc-
tuations in the laser power. The BD PWB works for measurement of
the laser writing start point.
Makes the laser scanning speeds at both ends of the drum same as
each other.
B. Laser beam path
C. Composition
Effective scanning width: 216mm (max.)
Resolution: 600dpi
Beam diameter: 75um in the main scanning direction, 80um in the sub
scanning direction
Image surface power: 0.17 0.01mW (Laser wavelength 770 - 795nm)
Polygon motor section: Brushless motor 20.787rpm
No. of mirror surfaces: 6 surfaces
4. Fuser section
A. GeneraI description
GeneraI bIock diagram (cross section)
No Component Function
1 Semiconductor laser Generates laser beams.
2 Collimator lens Converges laser beams in parallel.
3 Polygon mirror,
polygon motor
Reflects laser beams at a constant rpm.
4 BD (Mirror, lens, PWB) Detects start timing of laser scanning.
5 f lens Converges laser beams at a spot on the
drum.
Makes the laser scanning speeds at both
ends of the drum same as each other.
(Refer to the figure below.)
1 2 3
4
5
a b c
a b c
d = e = f
d e f
f LENS
Separator pawl
PPD2
Thermostat
Thermistor
Heat roller
Paper guide
Pressure roller
OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 4
Top view
(1) Heat roIIer
A Teflon roller is used for the heat roller and a silicone rubber roller is
used for the lower heat roller for better toner fusing performance and
paper separation.
(2) Separator pawI
Three separator pawls are used on the upper heat roller. The separator
pawls are Teflon coated to reduce friction with the roller and prevent a
smear on the paper caused by the separator pawl.
(3) ThermaI controI
1) The heater lamp, thermistor, main PWB, DC power supply PWB,
and triac within the power supply unit are used to control the
temperature in the fuser unit.
To prevent against abnormally high temperature in the fuser unit, a
thermal breaker and thermal fuse are used for safety purposes.
2) The surface temperature of the upper heat roller is set to 175 -
200C. The surface temperature during the power save mode is
set to 100C.
3) The self-check function comes active when one of the following
malfunctions occurs, and an "H" is displayed on the multicopy
window.
a. When the heat roller surface temperature rises above 240C.
b. When the heat roller surface temperature drops below 100C during
the copy cycle.
c. Open thermistor
d. Open thermostat
e. When the heat roller temperature does not reach 175C within 30
second after supplying the power.
(4) Fusing resistor
Fusing resistor
This model is provided with a fusing resistor in the fusing section to
improve transfer efficiency.
Since the upper heat roller is conductive, when using copy paper that
contains moisture and the distance between the transfer unit and the
fusing unit is short, the transfer current may find a path to ground via
the copy paper, the upper heat roller and the discharging brush.
5. Paper feed section and paper transport
section
A. Paper transport path and generaI operations
Paper feed is made in two ways; the tray paper feed and the manual
paper feed. The tray is of universal-type, and has the capacity of 250
sheets.
The front loading system allows you to install or remove the tray from
the front cabinet.
The general descriptions on the tray paper feed and the manual paper
feed operation are given below.
(1) Cassette paper feed operation
1) The figure below shows the positions of the pick-up roller, the
paper feed clutch sleeve, and the paper feed latch in the initial
state without pressing the COPY button after lighting the ready
lamp.
The paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of the clutch
sleeve.
Heat roller
Thermistor
Thermostat
Heater lamp
Separator pawl
Triac (in the
power supply unit)
Heated by the heater
lamp. (800W)
The surface temperature
of the upper heat roller is
sensed by the thermistor.
Level of the thermistor is
controlled by the main PWB.
With the signal from the
main PWB, the triac is
controlled on and off.
(power supply PWB)
Safety device
(thermostat)
1 Scanner unit 8 Drum
2 Copy lamp 9 Transfer unit
3 LSU (Laser unit) 10 Pickup roller
4 Paper exit roller 11 Manual paper feed tray
5 Main charger 12 Manual paper feed roller
6 Heat roller 13 PS roller unit
7 Pressure roller 14 Paper feed roller
1
5 4 3
7
6
8
9
11 12 13 14
10
2
OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 5
2) When the COPY button is pressed, the main drive motor starts
rotating to drive each drive gear.
The pick-up drive gear also is driven at that time. Since, however,
the paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of the clutch
sleeve, rotation of the drive gear is not transmitted to the pick-up
roller, which does not rotate therefore.
3) After about 0.1 sec from when the main motor start rotating, the
tray paper feed solenoid (PFS) turns on for a moment.
This disengages the paper feed latch from the projection of the
clutch sleeve, transmitting rotation of the pick-up drive gear to the
paper feed roller shaft, rotating the pick-up roller to feed the paper.
4) After more than half rotation of the pick-up roller, the paper feed
latch is brought in contact with a notch on the clutch sleeve,
stopping rotation of the pick-up roller.
5) At this time, the paper is fed passed the paper entry detection
switch (PPD1), and detected by it. After about 0.15 sec from
detection of paper by PPD1, the tray paper feed solenoid (PFS)
turns on so that the clutch sleeve projection comes into contact
with the paper feed latch to stop the pick-up roller. Then the pick-
up roller rotates for about 0.15 sec so that the lead edge of the
paper is evenly pressed on the resist roller, preventing against
skew feeding.
6) To release the resist roller, the tray paper feed solenoid and the
resist solenoid are turned on by the paper start signal to disengage
the resist start latch from the clutch sleeve, transmitting rotation of
the resist drive gear to the resist roller shaft. Thus the paper is
transported by the resist roller.
7) After the resist roller starts rotating, the paper is passed through
the pre-transfer guide to the transfer section. Images are
transferred on the paper, which is separated from the OPC drum
by the drum curve and the separation section.
8) The paper separated from the drum is passed through the fusing
paper guide, the heat roller (fusing section), POD (paper out
detector) to the copy tray.
(2) ManuaI muIti paper feed operation
1) Before paper feed operation, the manual paper feed solenoid
(MPFS) is turned OFF as shown in the figure below.
OFF
PFS
OFF
RRS
OFF
PFS
OFF
RRS
ON
PFS
OFF
RRS
OFF
PFS
ON
RRS
OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 6
2) When the PRINT button is pressed, the manual paper feed
solenoid (MPFS) turns on to disengage the manual paper feed
latch.
A from the manual paper feed clutch sleeve A, rotating the manual
paper feed roller and the manual take-up roller. At the same time,
the manual paper feed stopper opens and the manual take-up
roller is pressed to the surface of the paper to start paper feeding.
3) When pawl C of the manual paper feed clutch sleeve is engaged
with the manual feed latch, the manual feed stopper falls and the
manual take-up roller rises. At that time, the manual paper feed
roller is rotating.
4) The lead edge of the transported paper is pressed on the resist
roller by the transport roller. Then the paper is stopped temporarily
to allow synchronization with the lead edge of the image on the
OPC drum.
From this point, the operation is the same as the paper feed
operation from the tray. (Refer to A-5 - 8.)
5) The solenoid turns off to close the gate and return to the initial
state.
(3) Conditions of occurrence of paper misfeed
a. When the power is turned on:
PPD or POD is ON when the power is turned on.
b. Copy operation
OF
MPFS
F
C
A
ON
MPFS
A
C
a PPD1 jam PPD1 does not turn off within 4 sec after turning
on the resist roller.
b PPD2 jam PPD2 is off immediately after turning on the
resist roller.
PPD2 does not turn off within 1.2 sec after
turning off the resist roller.
c POD jam POD does not turn on within 2.9 sec after turning
on the resist roller.
POD does not turn off within 1.5 sec - 2.7 sec
after turning off PPD2.
ON
MPFS
A
C
OF
MPFS
F
A
C
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 1
[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
The disassembly and assembly procedures are described for the fol-
lowing sections:
1. High voltage section
2. Operation panel section
3. Optical section
4. Fusing section
5. Tray paper feed/transport section
6. Manual paper feed section
7. Rear frame section
8. Power section
9. 2nd cassette section (Option)
1. High voItage section
A. List
B. Drum repIacement
Before replacement:
1. Remove the toner cartridge from the copier.
2. Unscrew a screw to detach the developer unit.
3. Pull out the drum cartridge.
1) Remove the drum cover. (4 Lock Tabs)
2) Remove the drum fixing plate and the photoconductor drum.
(Note) Dispose the drum fixing plate which was removed.
3) Check the cleaning blade and the red felt for no damage.
If there is any damage, execute all procedures from item 4) and
later.
If there is no damage, execute the procedure of item 11).
4) Remove the main charger.
(Cleaning the screen grid and the sawteeth.)
Before disassembIy, be sure to disconnect the power cord for
safety.
1. Do not disconnect or connect the connector and the harness
during the machine is powered. EspeciaIIy be carefuI not to
disconnect or connect the harness between the MCU PWB
and the LSU (MCU PWB: CN119) during the machine is
powered. (If it is disconnected or connected during the
machine is powered, the IC inside the LSU wiII be destroyed.)
2. To disconnect the harness after turning on the power, be sure
to turn off the power and wait for at Ieast 10 sec before
disconnection. (Note that a voItage stiII remains immediateIy
after turning off the power.)
No. Part name Ref.
1 Drum
2 Transfer charger unit
3 Charger wire
(2)
(3)
LO CK
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 2
5) Remove the cleaning blade.
Note: Dispose the cleaning blade which was removed.
6) Clean the cleaning section and the waste toner pipe to remove
waste toner completely with a vacuum cleaner.
7) Remove the felt and duplex tape completely.
Note: Be careful not to scratch or bend the sub blade.
8) Attach the cleaning blade.
Securely insert the plate section of the cleaning blade into the unit
and fix it with a screw.
Do not touch the cleaning blade rubber with your hand.
When attaching the cleaning blade, press the cleaning blade in the
arrow direction and attach.
9) Attach the felt.
Attach the mocket with slightly pressing section A of the cleaning
blade.
Do not touch the tip of the cleaning blade.
Do not put the mocket under the cleaning blade.
Do not put the mocket on the sub blade.
Do not press the sub blade with the mocket.
10) Attach the main charger.
Securely set the MC holder on the projection of the process frame.
Securely insert two projections of the MC holder into the groove in
the process frame.
When attaching the MC holder ass'y, be careful not to make con-
tact with the cleaning blade.
11) Apply grease to the drum fixing plate.
Attach the drum fixing plate and the photoconductor drum.
Attach the drum from (b). (Prevention against the sub blade edge
breakage)
Attach the drum so that its position with the sub blade is as shown.
0 0.3 mm
0 0.3 mm
0 0.5 mm 0 0.5 mm
0
.
2


0
.
5

m
m
0
.
2


0
.
5

m
m
Cleaning blade
Cleaning blade
Moquette R
Sub blade
Sub blade
Moquette F
Moquette R
Moquette F

: Check while pressing the blade.


Be careful not to allow the
moquette to cover the sub blade.
Example of NG
Apply grease
(Molykote X5-6020)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 3
C. DisassembIy procedure (Transfer changer unit)
1) Press the side cover open/close button and open the side cover.
2) Push up the lock pawls (2 positions) of the side cover, and remove
the transfer charger.
D. AssembIy procedure
For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.
E. Charger wire cIeaning
1) Remove the charger cleaner from the manual paper feed unit.
1)
2)
2)
1)
1)
Transfer
charger
Lock pawl rear
Lock pawl front
1)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 4
2) Set the charger cleaner to the transfer unit, and move it recipro-
cally a few times in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure
below.
F. Charger wire repIacement
1) Remove the TC cover and remove the screw.
2) Remove the spring and remove the charger wire.
3) Install a new charger wire by reversing the procedures (1) and (2).
At that time, be careful of the following items.
The rest of the charger wire must be within 1.5mm. Refer to Fig.1
The spring hook section (charger wire winding section) must be in
the range of the projection section.
Be careful not to twist the charger wire.
2. Operation paneI section
A. List
B. DisassembIy procedure
1) Open the side door, and Open the front cover.
2) Remove the screws (4 pcs.), the harness, and the operation panel
unit.
1)
2)
3)
4)
1mm
1.5mm
Fig.1
1)
1)
2)
3)
Charger wire
Protrusion
No. Part name Ref.
1 Operation panel unit
2 Operation PWB
1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
3)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 5
3) Remove four screws, and remove the operation cabinet.
4) Remove four screws, and remove the operation PWB.
C. AssembIy procedure
For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure
3. OpticaI section
A. List
B. DisassembIy procedure
1) Remove four screws, and remove the rear cabinet and the rear
cabinet cover.
2) Remove the four screws, remove the operation unit, and discon-
nect the connector.
3) Remove the right cabinet.
4) Remove the left cabinet.
5) Remove the screw, and remove the rear cover.
6) Remove the table glass.
7) Move the carriage to the position indicated on the figure.
8) Loosen the screw which is fixing the tension plate.
9) Move the tension plate in the arrow direction to release the ten-
sion, and remove the belt.
NO. Part name Ref.
1 Copy lamp unit
2 Copy lamp
3 Lens unit
1)
1)
1) 1)
2)
3)
3)
3)
4)
Note that there are 10 pawls
3)
3)
4)
5)
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
1)
1)
3)
1)
2) 4)
3)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 6
10) Remove the screw, and remove the rod stopper.
11) Remove the rod.
12) Lift the rear side of the carriage, remove the belt and the connec-
tor, and remove the carriage.
C. AssembIy procedure
CCD core
1) Pass the core through the CCD-MCU harness.
2) Insert the CCD-MCU harness into the CCD PWB connector of the
carriage unit.
3) Move the core which was passed through the CCD-MCU harness
near the CCD PWB connector as shown in the figure below, and fix
it with a filament tape (19mm wide, 40mm long). For the attach-
ment reference, refer to the figure below. Clean and remove oil
from the attachment section.
4) Attach the CCD-MCU harness to the duplex tape on the back of
the carriage unit.
5) Attach the PWB holder to the position specified in the figure below.
6) Pass the core through the FFC and the PWB holder, and fix the
core.
1)
2)
3)
1)
2)
4)
3)
Marking line
Note: Attach the FFC
to fit with the marking line.
Note: Attach the FFC to the base
plate securely with duplex tape to
prevent against coming loose.
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 7
4. Fusing section
A. List
B. DisassembIy procedure
1) Remove the connectors (3 pcs.) of the rear cabinet.
2) Open the side cover, remove two screws, and remove the fusing
unit.
3) Cut the binding band, remove the screw, and remove the ther-
mistor.
4) Remove the screw and remove the U-turn guide.
Pressure roIIer section disassembIy
5) Remove the three screws, remove the fusing cover lower on the
right side, and open the heat roller section.
6) Remove the screw and remove the PPD2 sensor.
No. Part name Ref.
1 Thermistor
2 PPD2 sensor
3 Heater lamp
4 Pressure roller
5 Heat roller
1)
2)
3)
2)
1)
2)
3)
Thermistor
1)
2)
1)
5)
5)
6)
6)
4)
3)
2)
1)
2)
PPD2 sensor
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 8
7) Remove the plate spring on the right and remove the heater lamp.
8) Remove the spring and remove the separation pawls (3 pcs.).
9) Remove the E-ring and remove the reverse gate.
10) Remove the pressure release levers on the right and the left sides.
11) Remove the pressure roller, the pressure bearing, and the spring.
Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with an asterisk (*).
Heat roIIer disassembIy
(Continued from procedure (4).)
5) Remove screws, remove the fusing cover, and open the heat roller
section.
1)
2)
Heater lamp
3)
1)
2)
2)
1)
3)
1)
1)
1)
2)
2)
1)
3)
3)
Pressure roller
1)
2)
2)
3)
3)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 9
6) Remove the C-ring and the fusing bearing, and remove the heat
roller.
7) Remove the parts from the heat roller.
Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with *.
8) Remove two screws and remove the thermo unit.
C. AssembIy procedure
For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.
5. Tray paper feed/transport section
A. List
B. DisassembIy procedure
1) Remove two screws, and remove the hinge guide R.
2) Disconnect three positions of the connectors.
3) Remove six screws, and remove the scanner unit.
4) Remove the fan duct.
5) Remove each connector and three screws, and remove the MCU
PWB.
1)
2)
3)
Heat roller
1)
2
3)
1)
2)
3)
No. Part name Ref.
1 PPD1 sensor PWB
2 LSU unit
3 Intermediate frame unit
4 Paper feed roller
1)
1)
2)
3)
4)
4)
4)
4)
5)
4)
4)
4)
1)
1) 1)
1) 1)
1)
2)
2)
2)
3)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 10
6) Remove the PWB insulation mylar and remove the paper transport
detection sensor (PPD2).
7) Remove two screws and remove the toner motor.
8) Remove two springs and open the intermediate frame unit.
9) Remove the pulleys on the both sides and remove the paper exit
roller.
2)
1)
3)
1)
2)
1)
2)
4)
2)
1)
3)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 11
10) Pull out the paper exit roller knob and remove the belt.
11) Release the belt pulley (a) lock and remove the belt pulley bearing.
12) Remove the paper exit roller.
13) Remove the harness guide.
1)
2)
2) 3)
1)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 12
14) Remove five screws and remove the main drive plate and the belt.
15) Remove the parts as shown below, and remove the pressure
release solenoid and the paper feed solenoid.
16) Remove six screws and remove the LSU unit.
1)
3)
2)
1)
CAUTION:Attach the gears securely
3)
3)
1)
1)
2)
2)
4)
4)
1)
1)
2)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 13
[Note for assembIing the LSU]
When installing the LSU, turn the LSU clockwise and fix with
screws in order to provide an attachment backlash in the proper
direction.
Observe the following sequence of fixing screws.
17) Remove each pawl, and remove the paper exit tray.
18) Remove two screws and remove the fusing connector.
19) Remove five screws and the connector, and lift the intermediate
frame unit to remove.
20) Remove the screw and the E-ring, and remove the PS semi-circu-
lar earth plate and the PS roller unit.
21) Remove three screws and remove the TC front paper guide.
1
3
5
2 4
6
2)
1)
3)
2)
2)
3)
4)
1)
1)
2)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 14
22) Remove the E-ring and remove the spring clutch from the PS roller
unit.
23) Remove the screw and the connector, and remove the PPD1 sen-
sor PWB.
24) Remove two E-rings and remove the paper feed roller.
25) Remove three E-rings and remove the clutch unit.
5)
4)
4)
1)
2)
3)
PS roller unit
PS semi-circuler
earth plate
5)
4)
4)
1)
2)
3)
PS roller unit
PS semi-circular
earth plate
1)
2)
4)
5)
1)
2)
3)
4)
Back
Front
Clutch unit
Paper feed
roller
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 15
C. AssembIy procedure
For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.
6. ManuaI paper feed section
A. List
B. DisassembIy procedure
MuIti unit
1) Remove the screw and remove the multi upper cover.
2) Remove the screw and remove the side door detection unit.
No. Part name Ref.
1 Manual transport roller
2 Cassette detection switch
3 PPD1 sensor PWB
4 Side door detection unit
2)
1)
1)
2)
Back Wire treatment
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 16
3) Remove three screws and remove the multi paper feed upper
frame.
4) Remove two screws and remove the multi feed bracket unit from
the multi paper feed upper frame.
5) Remove three E-rings and remove the manual paper feed roller
B9.
6) Remove the pick-up roller.
1)
2)
1)
2)
2)
1) 1)
2)
1)
1)
1)
3)
L
O C
K
T
O
K
2)
1)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 17
7) Cut the binding band and remove the multi paper feed solenoid.
C. AssembIy procedure
For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.
D. Pressure pIate hoIder attachment
1) Attach the pressure plate holder so that the resin section is not
covered with the seal M1-N.
7. Rear frame section
A. List
B. DisassembIy procedure
1) Remove four screws, and remove the rear cabinet and the rear
cabinet cover.
2) Disconnect the connector.
3) Remove two screws, and remove the scanner motor.
1)
2) 3)
Multi paper feed
solenoid
Pressure plate
holder
Seal M1-N
Attachment
reference
Attachment
reference
No. Part name Ref.
1 Mirror motor
2 Main motor
3 Exhaust fan motor
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
2)
3)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 18
4) Remove two screws and one harness, and remove the main motor.
5) Remove two screws and one connector, and remove the exhaust
fan motor.
C. AssembIy procedure
For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.
8. Power section
A. List
B. DisassembIy procedure
Noise fiIter PWB
1) Disconnect the connector at two positions.
2) Remove the screw, and remove the noise filter PWB unit.
Power PWB
1) Disconnect each connector.
2) Remove the screw, and remove the earth line.
3) Remove two screws, and remove the power PWB unit.
C. AssembIy procedure
For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.
1)
2)
3)
1)
2)
3)
No. Part name Ref.
1 Noise filter PWB
2 Power PWB
1)
1)
2)
3)
1) 1)
1)
1)
2)
3)
4)
4)
5)
1)
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 19
9. 2nd cassette section (Option)
Paper feed unit removaI
1) Remove the screw.
2) Remove the rear cover.
* When installing, engage the pawl and install the unit.
1) Open the right cabinet.
2) Remove three screws.
3) Remove one connector from MCU.
4) While tilting down the 2nd connection arm A, pull and remove the
paper feed unit toward you.
* When installing, securely insert two bosses C on the machine side
and two bosses D on the paper feed unit side. Be sure to secure the
ground wire B.
* Insert the 2nd page feed.
A. Paper sensor
1) Remove the pawl.
2) Remove the paper sensor.
3) Remove the harness.
No. Part name Ref.
A Paper sensor
B Cassette detection switch
C Paper feed solenoid
D Transport roller
E Paper feed clutch
F 2nd paper feed roller
2)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1 2
A
1
2
4
B
A
3
2
D
D
C
2
3
1
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 20
B. Cassette detection switch
1) Remove the pawl.
2) Remove the cassette detection switch.
3) Remove the harness.
C. Paper feed soIenoid
1) Remove the screw.
2) Remove the connector.
3) Remove the paper feed solenoid.
D. Transport roIIer
1) Remove two E-rings.
2) Remove the transport roller.
* Install so that the earth spring A is brought into contact over bearing
B.
E. Paper feed cIutch
1) Remove the E-ring.
2) Remove the paper feed clutch.
3) Remove the parts.
* When installing, fit the cut surface A.
F. 2nd paper feed roIIer
1) Remove the E-ring and the parts.
2) Remove the 2nd paper feed roller.
* When installing, hang the 2nd connection arm on the 2nd connection
arm Spring B. Be sure to install so that the earth spring C is in
contact under the bearing D.
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
2
1
3
A
B
A
1
2
3
B
1
2
1
C
D
A
ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 1
[9] ADJUSTMENTS
1. OpticaI section
A. Copy magnification ratio adjustment
The copy magnification ratio must be adjusted in the main scanning
direction and in the sub scanning direction. To adjust, use SIM 48-1.
(1) OutIine
The main scanning (front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjustment
is made automatically or manually.
Automatic adjustment: The width of the reference line marked on the
shading correction plate is scanned to perform the main scanning
(front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjustment automatically.
Manual adjustment: The adjustment is made by manual key
operations. (In either of the automatic and manual adjustments, the
zoom data register set value is changed for adjustment.)
The magnification ratio in the sub scanning direction is adjusted by
changing the carriage (scanner) scanning speed.
(2) Main scanning direction magnification ratio adjustment
a. Cases when the adjustment is required
1) When the main PWB is replaced.
2) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced.
3) When "U2" trouble occurs.
4) When repairing or replacing the optical section.
b. Necessary tooIs
Screwdriver (+)
Scale
c. Adjustment procedure
Automatic adjustment
In the first place, perform SIM48-1 (Main scanning direction
magnification ratio adjustment and black level correction (CCD dark
component target value setup)).
To perform the automatic adjustment, place the gray gradation chart
(TOSHIBA TEST CHART No.15-1) face down so as to fit with the left
center of the platen with the darker side (S7) on the left of OC.
In the case of the automatic adjustment, when the PRINT switch is
pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white plate for shading to
scan the width of the reference line, calculating the correction value
and displaying and storing this value.
After completion of the automatic adjustment, press the density
adjustment Down key, and the black level will be displayed in
hexadecimal number (3 digits) of 12bits.
After execution of the automatic adjustment, go out from the simulation
mode and make a copy to check the magnification ratio.
ManuaI adjustment
1) Set the scale vertically on the document table. (Use a long scale
for precise adjustment.)
2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%.
3) Make a copy on A4 or 81/2" x 11" paper.
4) Measure the length of the copied scale image.
5) Calculate the main scanning direction magnification ratio.
Main scanning direction magnification ratio
6) Check that the copy magnification ratio is within the specified
range. If it is not within the specified range, perform the following
procedures.
7) Execute SIM 48-1 to select the main scanning direction copy
magnification ratio adjustment mode.
To select the adjustment mode, use the copy mode select key.
If the magnification ratio is not in the specified range (1001.0%),
manually adjust as follows.
8) Set the adjustment mode to Manual with the copy mode select key.
9) Enter the new set value of main scanning direction copy
magnification ratio with the copy quantity set key, and press the
COPY button.
10) Change the set value and repeat the adjustment until the ratio is
within the specified range.
When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ratio is
changed by 0.1%.
(3) Sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio
a. Cases when the adjustment is required
1) When the scanner unit drive section is disassembled or the part is
replaced.
2) When the main PWB is replaced.
3) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced.
4) When "U2" trouble occurs.
Adjustment mode Lighting lamp
Main scanning direction auto copy
magnification ratio adjustment and
black level automatic correction
Auto exposure lamp ON
Main scanning direction manual copy
magnification ratio adjustment
Manual exposure lamp ON
Sub scanning direction copy
magnification ratio adjustment
Photo exposure lamp ON
ADF mode scanning direction
magnification ratio adjustment
Auto, Manual, Photo lamp
ON
S7 S1
Back of the chart
=
Copy image dimensions
X 100 (%)
Original dimension
100 110 120 130
150
140
mm
1/2mm
JAPAN
HARDENED
STAINLESS
Shizuoka
100 110 120 130
150
140
mm
1/2mm
JAPAN
HARDENED
STAINLESS
Shizuoka
110
10 20
10 20
(When a 100mm scale is used as the original.)
Paper feed
direction
Reference Comparison point
Original (Scale)
Copy
ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 2
b. Necessary tooIs
Scale
c. Adjustment procedure
1) Set the scale on the document table as shown below. (Use a long
scale for precise adjustment.)
2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%.
3) Make a copy on A4 or 81/2" x 11" paper.
4) Measure the length of the copied scale image.
5) Calculate the sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio
using the formula below.
6) Check that the actual copy magnification ratio is within the
specified range. (100 1.0%).
If it is not within the specified range, perform the following
procedures.
7) Execute SIM 48-1 to select the sub scanning direction copy
magnification ratio adjustment mode.
To select the adjustment mode, use the copy mode select key.
(Photo exposure lamp ON)
8) Enter the new set value of sub scanning direction copy
magnification ratio with the copy quantity set key, and press the
COPY button.
Repeat procedures 1) - 8) until the sub scanning direction actual copy
magnification ratio in 100% copying is within the specified range.
When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ration is
changed by 0.1%.
B. Image position adjustment
There are following five kinds of image position adjustments, which are
made by laser control except for the image scan start position
adjustment. For the adjustments, SIM 50 - 01, 50 - 10, 50 - 18 and SIM
50 - 19 are used.
To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50 - 01, use the copy mode
select key.
The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lighting lamps
are as shown in the table below.
: Supported for the installing model and skipped for non-installing
mode.
To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50 - 10, use the copy mode
select key.
The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lighting lamps
are as shown in the table below.
Machine with the muIti manuaI paper feed unit
Machine with the singIe manuaI paper feed unit
=
Copy image dimensions
X 100 (%)
Original dimension
100 110 120 130
150
140
mm
1/2mm
JAPAN
HARDDENCD
STAINLESS
Shizuoka
100 110 120 130
150
140
mm
1/2mm
JAPAN
HARDDENCD
STAINLESS
Shizuoka
110
10 20
10 20
Original (Scale)
Paper feed
direction
Reference Comparison point Copy
No. Adjustment item Simulation
1 Print start position 50 - 01
2 Image lead edge void amount 50 - 01
3 Image scan start position 50 - 01
4 Image rear edge void amount 50 - 01
5 ADF image scan start position 50 - 01
6 Center offset 50 - 10
Adjustment mode Lamp ON
Print start position (Main cassette paper
feed)
AE, main cassette lamp
Print start position (2nd cassette paper
feed)
AE, 2nd cassette lamp
Print start position (Manual paper feed) AE, manual feed lamp
Image lead edge void quantity TEXT lamp
Image scan start position PHOTO lamp
Image rear edge void quantity AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp
ADF image scan start position AE, TEXT lamp
Adjustment mode Lamp ON
Print center offset (Main cassette paper
feed)
AE, main cassette lamp
Print center offset (Manual paper feed) AE, manual paper feed lamp
OC/document center offset AE, TEXT lamp
Adjustment mode Lamp ON
Print center offset (Main cassette paper
feed)
AE, main cassette lamp
Print center offset (Manual paper feed) AE, manual paper feed lamp
OC/document center offset AE, TEXT lamp
ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 3
(1) Lead edge adjustment
1) Set a scale to the center of the paper lead edge guide as shown
below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2" x 14" paper.
2) Execute SIM 50 - 01
3) Set the print start position (AE lamp ON) (A), the lead edge void
amount (TEXT lamp ON) (B), and the scan start position (PHOTO
lamp ON) (C) to 0, and make a copy of a scale at 100%.
4) Measure the image loss amount (R mm) of the scale image.
Set C = 10 X R (mm). (Example: Set the value of C to 30.)
When the value of C is increased by 10, the image loss is
decreased by 1mm. (Default: 50)
5) Measure the distance (H mm) between the paper lead edge and
the image print start position.
Set A = 10 X H (mm). (Example: Set the value of A to 50.)
When the value of A is increased by 10, the image lead edge is
shifted to the paper lead edge by 1mm. (Default: 50)
6) Set the lead edge void amount to B = 50 (2.5mm).
When the value of B is increased by 10, the void amount is
increased by about 1mm. For 25 or less, however, the void amount
becomes zero. (Default: 50)
(2) Image rear edge void amount adjustment
1) Set a scale to the rear edge section of A4 or 11" x 8 1/2" paper size
as shown in the figure below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2" x 14"
paper.
2) Execute SIM 50 - 01 to select the image rear edge void amount
adjustment mode.
The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity display.
3) Make a copy and measure the void amount of image rear edge.
4) If the measurement value is out of the specified range, change the
set value and repeat the adjustment procedure.
The default value is 50.
Note: The rear edge void cannot be checked with the first sheet after
entering the simulation mode, the first sheet after turning off/on
the power, or the first sheet after inserting the cassette. Use the
second or later sheet to check the rear edge void.
(3) Center offset adjustment
1) Set the self-made test chart for the center position adjustment so
that its center line is aligned with the center mark of the document
guide.
Test chart for the center position adjustment.
Draw a line at the center of A4 or 8 1/2" x 11" paper in the paper
transport direction.
2) Execute SIM 50 - 10 to select the print center offset (cassette
paper feed) adjustment mode.
The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity display.
5mm
10mm
(Example)
Distance between paper lead
edge and image: H = 5mm
Image loss:
R = 3mm
B4 or 8 1/2 14 paper
A4 size rear edge
Scale image
Paper rear edge
Void amount (Standard value: 2 3mm)
Document guide
Center
Copy paper
(A4 or 8 1/2 11)
ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 4
3) Make a copy and check that the copied center line is properly
positioned.
The standard value is 0 2mm from the paper center.
4) If the measured value is out of the specified range, change the set
value and repeat the adjustment procedure.
When the set value is increased by 1, the copy image is shifted by
0.1mm toward the rear frame.
For the manual paper feed, change the manual paper feed
adjustment mode and perform the similar procedures.
Since the document center offset is automatically adjusted by the
CCD which scan the reference lines (F/R) on the back of document
guide, there is no need to adjust manually.
C. ADF scan position automatic adjustment
Place a black chart so that it covers the ADF scan glass and the OC
glass, and execute the simulation with the OC cover open, the mirror
unit scans from the home position to the ADF scan position to identify
the ADF glass cover edge position by the difference in the CCD output
levels of the ADF glass cover edge and the OC side document glass.
Default is 50. Adjustment range is 0 99. Adjustment increment: 1 =
about 0.127mm
If this adjustment is performed properly, the adjustment value is
displayed. If it is abnormal, the jam lamp lights up. If the adjustment is
not made properly, is displayed.
* Use a black chart (TEST CHART BLK) or prepare a chart as shown
below.
Chart size: 300 x 100, prepared with cutting sheet No. 791 (Black) or
an equivalent one.
2. Copy density adjustment
A. Copy density adjustment timing
The copy density adjustment must be performed in the following cases:
When maintenance is performed.
When the developing bias/grid bias voltage is adjusted.
When the optical section is cleaned.
When a part in the optical section is replaced.
When the optical section is disassembled.
When the OPC drum is replaced.
When the main control PWB is replaced.
When the EEPROM on the main control PWB is replaced.
When the memory trouble (U2) occurs.
B. Note for copy density adjustment
1) Arrangement before execution of the copy density adjustment
Clean the optical section.
Clean or replace the charger wire.
Check that the voltage at the high voltage section and the
developing bias voltage are in the specified range.
C. Necessary tooI for copy density adjustment
TOSHIBA TEST CHART No.15-1
B4 (14" x 8 1/2") white paper
The user program AE setting should be "3."
D. Features of copy density adjustment
For the copy density adjustment, the image data shift function provided
in the image process LSI is used.
List of the adjustment modes
Reason: To prevent erroneous detection by disturbing light of a fluo-
rescent lamp, etc.
(Copy A)
(Copy B)
2.0mm or less
2.0mm or less
Copy image
Copy paper
folding line
Copy image
Copy paper
folding line
Shift
Shift
(Paper feed direction)
The size of the black chart (TEST CHART BLK) is 297 x 420. Divide
it into four for use.
Auto Mode Brightness 1 step only
Manual Mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the center
brightness is made.
Photo Mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the center
brightness is made.
Manual T/S
mode
Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the center
brightness is made.
T/S Auto mode Brightness 1 step only
ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 5
E. Copy density adjustment procedure
Use SIM 46 - 01 to set the copy density for each copy mode.
For selection of modes, use the copy mode select key.
(1) Test chart setting
1) Place the test chart so that its edge is aligned with the A4 (Letter)
reference line on the document table.
(2) Perform the adjustment in each mode.
1) Execute SIM 46-1.
2) Select the mode to be adjusted with the exposure mode select key.
Set the exposure level to 3 for all adjustment. (Except for the auto
mode.)
3) Make a copy.
Check the adjustment level (shown in the above table) of the
exposure test chart (Gray Scale).
(When too bright): Decrease the value displayed on the copy quantity
display.
(When too dark): Increase the value displayed on the copy quantity
display.
* The value can be set in the range of 1 - 99.
3. High voItage adjustment
A. Main charger (Grid bias)
Note:
Use a digital multi meter with internal resistance of 10M or more
measurement.
After adjusting the grid LOW output, adjust the HIGH output. Do not
reverse the sequence.
Procedures
1) Set the digital multi meter range to DC700V.
2) Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN11-3
(GRID) of high voltage section of the power PWB and set the
negative side to the frame ground (power frame).
3) Execute SIM 8-3. (The main charger output is supplied for 30 sec
in the grid voltage LOW output mode.)
4) Adjust the control volume (VRG2) so that the output voltage is
390 20V.
5) Execute SIM 8-2. (The main charger output is supplied for 30 sec
in the grid voltage HIGH output mode.)
6) Adjust the control volume (VRG1) so that the output voltage is 580
12V.
B. DV bias check
Procedures
1) Set the digital multi meter range to DC500V.
2) Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN-10-1 (DV
BIAS) and set the negative side to the frame ground (power
frame).
3) Execute SIM 25-1 to output the developing bias for 30sec, and
check that the output is 400 8V.
Adjustment mode
Exposure mode
display lamp
Gray chart
adjustment level
Auto mode Auto lamp ON "S3" is slightly
copied.
Manual mode Manual lamp ON "S3" is slightly
copied.
Photo mode Photo lamp ON "S3" is slightly
copied.
Manual T/S mode Manual lamp/Photo lamp
ON
"S4" is slightly
copied.
Auto T/S mode Auto lamp/Photo lamp ON "S4" is slightly
copied.
Test chart
(1) Mode select key/display
lamp
(2) Exposure level select
key/display lamp
(1) (2)
Note: A digital multi meter with internal resistance of 1G must be
use for correct check.
The adjustment volume is locked, and no adjustment can be
made.
VRG1
VRG2
VRDV
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 1
[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES
1. Entering the simuIation mode
To enter the serviceman simulation mode, press the keys as follows:
Clear Density select Clear Density select
To cancel the simulation mode, press the clear key.
Flow chart of entering the simulation mode
1
YES
NO
NO
YES
YES
YES
1
NO
NO
YES
Is there a sub
code ?
Press the COPY
key.
Press the COPY key.
The COPY QUANTITY
display blinks to indicate
"00" and the machine
enters the ready
state for sub code input.
Enter the sub code with
the COPY QUANTITY key.
10th digit:
1st digit:
Press the COPY key.
The current set adjustment
value and the counter
value are displayed on the
COPY QUANTITY
displayed Sensor check,
etc. are displayed by the
alarm lamps, etc.
To change the current set
values, enter with the COPY
QUANTITY key.
10th digit:
1st digit:
Count up of values:
COPY QUANTITY key
Count down of values:
Zoom key + COPY
QUANTITY key
The entered value
is displayed on the
COPY QUANTITY
display.
Press the COPY
key.
The entered value
is registered.
Is it the
Perform the operation
according to the
simulation number.
performed ?
Press the clear key.
All displays on the
operation panel go off,
and the machine enters
the ready state for
entering the main code.
Press the clear key.
End
Is the
main code the
same ?
Is the
sub code
displayed ?
Press the clear key.
The COPY QUANTITY
display blinks to indicate
the previously set sub
enters the ready 7 state for
sub code input.
code, and the machine
Press the clear key.
Enter the new main
code.
The main code is
displayed on the
COPY QUANTITY
display.
Start
Press the clear key.
Press the exposure
mode selector key.
All displays on the
operation panel go off,
and the machine enters
he ready state for entering
he main code.
Count up of values:
COPY QUANTITY key
Count down of values:
Zoom key + COPY
QUANTITY key
The main code is
displayed on the
COPY QUANTITY
display.
simulation for
operation
check?
Is another
simulation to be
Enter the main code with
the COPY QUANTITY key.
10th digit:
1st digit:
Count up of values:
COPY QUANTITY key
Count down of values:
Zoom key + COPY
QUANTITY key
Press the clear key.
Press the exposure
mode selector key.
Within 1sec
Within 1sec
Within 1sec
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 2
2. List of simuIations
Sim
No.
Kind of
main code
Sub
code
Operation
01 Optical system 01 Mirror scan operation
06 Aging of mirror scanning
02 ADF Individual
load operation
02 ADF sensor status display
03 Motor ON
04 Paper feed solenoid ON
05 Lamp ON
check
01 Operation panel display check
02 Fusing lamp, cooling fan operation
check
03 Copy lamp ON
06 Machine
individual load
operation
01 Paper feed solenoid ON
02 Resist solenoid ON
07 Aging 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam
06 Intermittent aging
08 High voltage
output check
01 Developing bias
02 Main charger (Grid high)
03 Grid voltage (Low)
06 Transfer charger
10 Other None Toner motor aging
14 Trouble reset None Cancel of troubles other than U2
16 U2 trouble
reset
None Cancel of U2 trouble
20 01 Maintenance counter clear
21 01 Maintenance cycle setup
22 Counter
display
01 Maintenance counter display
02 Maintenance preset value display
04 JAM total counter display
05 Total counter display
06 Developer counter display
08 ADF counter display
14 P-ROM version display
17 Copy counter display
18 Printer counter display
19 Scanner mode counter display
21 Scanner counter display
22 ADF JAM counter display
24 Special
counter clear
01 JAM total counter clear
04 ADF counter clear
06 Developer counter clear
08 Copy counter clear
09 Printer counter clear
13 Scanner counter clear
14 ADF JAM total counter clear
15 Scanner mode counter clear
25 Main motor
ON
01 Main motor operation check (Cooling
fan motor rotation check)
10 Polygon motor ON
26 Various setup 01 Manual feed setup
02 ADF setup
03 Second cassette setup
06 Destination setup
07 Machine conditions check
20 Rear edge void setup
30 CE mark support control ON/OFF
37 Developer life-over termination
cancel
39 Memory capacity check
40 Polygon motor OFF time setup
(Time required for turning OFF after
completion of printing)
42 Transfer ON timing control setup
43 Side void setup
44 ADF document rear edge read setup
62 Energy-save mode copy lamp setup
63 Fan control select setup
64 Heater control setup during the
scanner mode
30 Sensor
operation
check
(Standard
provision)
01 Paper sensor status display
43 Fusing
temperature
setup
01 Fusing temperature setup (Normal
copy)
04 Fusing temperature setup 2
09 Setup of fusing control of postcard
size paper
46 Exposure
adjustment
01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi)
02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi)
18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi)
19 table setup or AE operation mode
setup
20 ADF exposure correction
29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi)
31 Image sharpness adjustment
32 Copier color reproduction setup
48 Magnification
ratio correction
and black level
adjustment
01 Front/rear (main scanning) direction
and scan (sub scanning) direction
magnification ratio adjustment and
black level adjustment
49 01 Flash ROM program writing mode
(Sim 49-01 is used in the production
line, not in the fields.)
50 Lead edge
adjustment
01 Lead edge image position
10 Center offset adjustment
51 Timing
adjustment
02 Resist quantity adjustment
53 08 ADF scan position automatic
adjustment
61 Laser system
operation
03 Polygon motor check
(HSYNC output check)
63 Shading 01 Shading check
64 Self print 01 Self print
Sim
No.
Kind of
main code
Sub
code
Operation
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 3
3. Contents of simuIations
Input method: Clear key Exposure Select key Clear key Exposure Select key
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
01 01 Mirror scan operation
(Operation/Procedure)
1. When this simulation is executed, the mirror home position is detected.
2. When the START key is pressed, scanning is executed at the speed corresponding to the currently set copy magnification ratio.
The copy magnification ratio can be arbitrarily set with the magnification ratio select key/zoom key.
06 Aging of mirror scanning
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the mirror base performs full scan at the speed of the set magnification ratio. After 3 sec, the mirror
case performs full scan again. These procedures are repeated until the clear key is pressed. (When the PRINT switch is pressed once,
the ready lamp keeps OFF.)
The status of the mirror home position sensor is displayed with the photoconductor cartridge lamp. (The lamp is ON when the mirror is
at the home position.)
During aging, the copy lamp keeps ON.
02 02 ADF sensor status display
ON/OFF of the sensors in the ADF can be checked with the following lamps.
03 Motor ON
(Operation/Procedure)
When the start key is pressed, the ADF motor rotates for 10 sec at the speed corresponding to the currently set magnification ratio.
04 Paper feed solenoid ON
(Operation/Procedure)
When the start key is pressed, the ADF paper feed solenoid repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF (500 ms) 20 times.
05 01 Operation panel display check
When the PRINT switch is pressed, all LEDs (including 7-segment LEDs) on the operation panel are lighted. (LED check mode)
When 1Up key is pressed, the LEDs on the operation panel are lighted individually from the top left to the bottom right in sequence.
After completion of all individual lighting, all LEDs are lighted simultaneously. (The 7-segment LED lights the three-digit sections at
the same time.)
Individual lighting frequency ON: 300ms, OFF: 20ms
When the CLEAR key is pressed, this simulation is terminated.
When the PRINT switch is pressed in the LED check mode, the machine enters the Key input check mode.
Key input check mode
When the machine enters the Key input check mode, the value display section indicates . Every time any key on the operation
panel is pressed, the entered value is added and displayed on the value display section. However, the keys that were pressed once are
not counted again.
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the entered value is added and displayed for 3 sec and all the LEDs are lighted. (LED lighting
check mode)
(Note for Key input check mode)
Press the PRINT switch at the end. (If it is pressed in the middle of the process, the entered value up to that moment is displayed for
3 sec and the machine enters the LED lighting check mode. (ALL the LEDs are lighted.))
Multiple key inputs are ignored.
02 Fusing lamp, cooling fan operation check
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the fusing lamp repeats operations of 500ms-ON and 500ms-OFF 5 times. During that time, the
cooling fan motor rotates.
03 Copy lamp ON
(Operation/Procedure)
When the START key is pressed, the copy lamp is lighted for 5 sec.
06 01 Paper feed solenoid ON
(Operation/Procedure)
When the START key is pressed, the paper feed solenoid selected by the tray select key repeats ON (500ms) and OFF (500ms) 20
times.
02 Resist solenoid ON
(Operation/Procedure)
When the START key is pressed, the resist solenoid (RRS) repeats ON (500ms) and OFF (500ms) 20 times.
Sensor name Display lamp
Mirror home position sensor Developer replacement lamp
Display Sensor
Toner cartridge replacement lamp Document set detection (SPID)
Jam lamp ADF document transport detection (SPPD)
Developer replacement lamp ADF cover open/close detection (SDOD)
ADF jam lamp ADF open/close detection (SDSW)
Paper size detection
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 4
07 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam
(Operation/Procedure)
1. When the simulation is executed, warming up is started.
2. Warm-up time is counted and displayed every second on the copy quantity display.
3. After completion of warm-up, the time count is stopped and the ready lamp is lighted.
4. Press the clear key to clear the warm-up time display, set the copy quantity, and press the START key, and the machine will copy the
set quantity repeatedly.
This simulation is canceled by turning off the power or executing any simulation which performs hardware reset.
06 Intermittent aging
(Operation/Procedure)
1. When the simulation is executed, warming up is started.
2. After completion of warm-up, the ready lamp is lighted.
3. Set the copy quantity and press the START key, and the machine will copy the set quantity repeatedly.
4. After 3 sec of the interval time from completion of copying the set quantity, the machine will resume copying.
5. The above operation 4 is repeated.
This simulation is canceled by turning off the power or executing any simulation which performs hardware reset.
08 01 Developing bias
(Operation/Procedure)
When the START key is pressed, the developing bias is outputted for 30 sec.
02 Main charger (Grid high)
(Operation/Procedure)
When the START key is pressed, the main charger output is supplied for 30 sec in the grid voltage HIGH mode.
03 Grid voltage (Low)
(Operation/Procedure)
When the START key is pressed, the main charger output is supplied for 30 sec in the grid voltage LOW mode.
06 Transfer charger
(Operation/Procedure)
When the START key is pressed, the transfer charger output is supplied for 30 sec.
10 None Toner motor aging
(Operation/Procedure)
When the START key is pressed, the toner motor output is supplied for 30 sec.
14 None Cancel of troubles other than U2
(Operation/Procedure)
After canceling the trouble, the simulation is also automatically canceled.
16 None Cancel of U2 trouble
(Operation/Procedure)
1. When the START key is pressed, the EEPROM total counter check sum is rewritten and the trouble is canceled.
2. After canceling the trouble, the simulation is also automatically canceled.
20 01 Maintenance counter clear
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the maintenance count is cleared and the value 000000 is displayed.
21 01 Maintenance cycle setup
The currently set code (default) of the maintenance cycle is displayed, and the newly set data are saved.
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
Code Setup
0 3,000 sheets
1 6,000 sheets
2 9,000 sheets
3 13,000 sheets
4 25,000 sheets *Default
5 Free (999,999 sheets)
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 5
22 01 Maintenance counter display
The display method is the same as the total count value display.
02 Maintenance preset value display
The quantity corresponding to the code set with 21-01 and 21-02 is displayed.
The display method is the same as the total count value display.
04 JAM total counter display
The display method is the same as the total count value display.
05 Total counter display
The total count value is displayed in 3 digits X 2 times repeatedly.
<Display example: 12345>
06 Developer counter display
The display method is the same as the total count value display.
08 ADF counter display
The display method is the same as the total count value display.
14 P-ROM version display
The main code and the sub code of the P-ROM version is displayed on the value display section in 2 digits alternately.
The display method is the same as the total count value display.
17 Copy counter display
The display method is the same as the total count value display.
18 Printer counter display
The display method is the same as the total count value display.
19 Scanner mode counter display
The display method is the same as the total count value display.
21 Scanner counter display
The display method is the same as the total count value display.
22 ADF JAM counter display
The display method is the same as the total count value display.
24 01 JAM total counter clear
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the JAM total count value is reset to 0.
04 ADF counter clear
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the ADF count value is reset to 0.
06 Developer counter clear
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the developer count value is reset to 0.
08 Copy counter clear
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the copy count value is reset to 0.
09 Printer counter clear
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the printer count value is reset to 0.
13 Scanner counter clear
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the scanner count value is reset to 0.
14 ADF JAM total counter clear
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the ADF JAM total count value is reset to 0.
15 Scanner mode counter clear
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the scanner mode counter is reset to 0.
25 01 Main motor operation check (Cooling fan motor rotation check)
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the main motor (as well as the duplex motor in the duplex model) is operated for 30 sec. If the
developing unit is installed at that time, the developing bias, the main charger, and the grid are outputted together in order to avoid
toner consumption. Since, in this case, laser discharge is required when stopping the motor, the polygon motor is rotated at the same
time. If the developing unit is not installed, the above high voltage is not outputted and only the motor is rotated.
: Do not execute this simulation by forcibly turning ON the door ON/OFF switch.
10 Polygon motor ON
(Operation/Procedure)
When the START key is pressed, the polygon motor is operated for 30 sec.
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
012 Blank 345 Blank 012
0.7s 0.3s 0.7s 1.0s 0.7s
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 6
26 01 Manual feed setup
(Operation/Procedure)
1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set bypass code number is displayed.
2. Enter the code number corresponding to the bypass and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.
02 ADF setup
When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the ADF code number is displayed. Enter the code number corresponding to the
ADF and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.
03 Second cassette setup
(Operation/Procedure)
1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number of the second cassette is displayed.
2. Enter the code number and press the start key. The setting is changed.
06 Destination setup
When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the destination code number is displayed. Enter the code number corresponding
to the destination and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.
07 Machine conditions check
When this simulation is executed, the current machine setup is displayed.
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
Code number Bypass
0 Single bypass
1 Multi bypass
Code number ADF
0 ADF not installed
1 ADF installed
Code number Second cassette
0 Without second cassette
1 With second cassette
Code number Destination
0 Inch series
1 EX JAPAN AB series
2 JAPAN AB series
3 China (EX JAPAN AB series + Chinese paper support)
CPM Copy quantity display
10 cpm 10
12 cpm 12
13 cpm 13
14 cpm 14
15 cpm 15
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 7
26 20 Rear edge void setup
When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the rear edge void code number is displayed. Enter the code number
corresponding to the rear edge void and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.
30 CE mark support control ON/OFF
When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the CE mark support code number is displayed. Enter the code number
corresponding to the CE mark support setup and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.
37 Developer life-over termination cancel
When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed. Enter a desired code number and press the PRINT
switch, and the new setup is enabled.
39 Memory capacity check
When this simulation is executed, the current memory capacity is displayed.
40 Polygon motor OFF time setup (Time required for turning OFF after completion of printing)
When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT
switch to enable the setup.
42 Transfer ON timing control setup
(Operation/Procedure)
1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.
2. Enter the code number and press the START key, and the setting will be changed. (For any number different from the following
ones, the default time is automatically set.)
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
Code number Rear edge void setup
0 Rear edge void provided * Default
1 Rear edge void not provided
The default for CE-support 200V series is 1.
Code number CE mark support setup
0 CE mark support control OFF * Default (100V series)
1 CE mark support control ON
Code number Setup
0 Developer life-over termination
1 Developer life-over termination cancel
Code number Setup
8 8 Mbyte
16 16 Mbyte
Code number Setup
0 0 sec
1 30 sec * Default
2 60 sec
3 90 sec
Code number Setting
0 Default (330 msec)
1 40 msec
2 30 msec
3 20 msec
4 10 msec
5 Default (330 msec)
6 +10 msec
7 +20 msec
8 +30 msec
9 +40 msec
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 8
26 43 Side void setup
(Operation/Procedure)
1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number of the side void amount is displayed.
2. Enter the code number and press the start key. The setting is changed.
44 ADF document rear edge read setup.
When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number and press the START
key, and the display will be changed. The document rear edge scanning area in ADF reduction (less than 100%) copy is changed.
The code number is changeable in the range of 0 8.
The default value is 4, and 2 mm of the document rear edge is cut.
When the value is changed by 1, the area is changed by 1 mm.
62 Energy-save mode copy lamp setup
Used to set half-ON (50%)/OFF of the copy lamp in the pre-heat mode.
When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT
switch to enable the setup.
63 Fan control select setup
Used to set the cooling fan operation mode.
When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT
switch to enable the setup.
64 Heater control setup during the scanner mode
When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number of heater control setup is displayed. Enter a desired code number of
heater control setup and press the PRINT switch, and the new setup is enabled.
30 01 Paper sensor status display
Indicates the paper sensor status using the lamps on the operation panel.
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
Code number Setting
0 0 mm
1 0.5 mm
2 1.0 mm
3 1.5 mm
4 2.0 mm * Default
5 2.5 mm
6 3.0 mm
7 3.5 mm
8 4.0 mm
9 4.5 mm
10 5.0 mm
Code number Setup
0 Copy lamp half-ON (50%) * Default
1 Copy lamp OFF
Code number Setup
1 1-speed fan control
2 2-speed fan control * Default when starting mass production
Code number Heater control setup
0 Heater control ON * Default (Except for Europe)
1 Heater control OFF * Default (For Europe only)
Sensor name Display lamp
Before-resist paper sensor (PPD1) Developer cartridge replacement lamp
Fusing section paper sensor (PPD2) JAM lamp
Paper exit sensor (POD) Photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp
2nd CS paper sensor (PPD3) 2nd cassette lamp
New drum cartridge sensor (PUIS) Zoom lamp
Single manual feed paper sensor (MFD) AE lamp
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 9
43 01 Fusing temperature setup (Normal copy)
(Operation/Procedure)
1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.
2. Enter the code number and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.
04 Fusing temperature setup 2
(Operation/Procedure)
1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.
2. Enter the code number and press the START key, and the setting will be changed.
09 Setup of fusing control of postcard size paper
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
Code number Set temperature (C)
0 175
1 180
2 185
3 190
4 195 (* Default)
5 200
Code number Set temperature (C)
0 155
1 160
2 165
3 170 (* Default)
4 175
5 180
The default for Japan model is 1.
Code number Setup
0 Cancel * Default
1 Setup
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 10
46 01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi)
Used to set the copy density in each mode.
(Operating procedure)
When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading operations are performed and the current setup is displayed in two digits
(default: 50).
Change the setup value with the copy quantity keys. Press the PRINT switch and a copy is made according to the new setup.
The greater the setup value is, the darker the copy is. The smaller the setup value is, the brighter the copy is. Only EXP.3 copy is made
in this simulation. When set to a darker level, Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become darker. When set to a brighter level, Exp.1 and
Exp.5 copies also become brighter. Press the CLEAR key to save the setup and exit from the simulation mode.
Use the copy mode select key to select a copy mode . The setup value of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity
display.
(adjustment range: 0 99)
02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi)
Used to set the copy density in each mode.
(Operation/Procedure)
When this simulation is executed, the machine performs warm-up and shading, and the current setup value is displayed in two digits.
(Default: 50)
Use the copy quantity key to change the setup value, and press the PRINT switch to make a copy with the new setup.
The greater the setup value is, the darker the copy is, and vise versa. Only EXP.3 copy is made. If it is set to a darker density, EXP.1
and EXP.5 copies also become darker. If it is set to a brighter density, they also become brighter.
When the CLEAR key is pressed, the entered setup value is saved and the simulation is terminated.
Any copy mode can be selected with the copy mode select key. The setup value of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy
quantity display.
(Setup range: 0 99)
18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi)
Used to set the image contrast in each mode.
(Operating procedure)
When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading operations are performed and the current setup value is displayed in two digits.
(Default: 50)
Change the setup value with the copy quantity keys. Press the PRINT switch and a copy is made according to the new setup. The
greater the setup value is, the higher the contrast is. The smaller the setup value is, the lower the contrast is. Though only EXP.3 copy
is made in this simulation, the contrast levels in EXP.1 and EXP.5 are also changed. Press the CLEAR key to save the setup and exit
from the simulation mode.
Use the copy mode select key to select a copy mode . The setup value of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity
display.
(adjustment range: 0 99)
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
Copy mode Display lamp
AE mode (300dpi) AE mode lamp
TEXT mode (300dpi) TEXT mode lamp
PHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp
TS mode (TEXT) (300dpi) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
TS mode (AE) (300dpi) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
Copy mode Display lamp
AE mode (600dpi) AE mode lamp
TEXT mode (600dpi) TEXT mode lamp
PHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp
TS mode (TEXT) (600dpi) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
TS mode (AE) (600dpi) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
Copy mode Display lamp
AE mode (300dpi) AE mode lamp
TEXT mode (300dpi) TEXT mode lamp
PHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp
TS mode (TEXT) (300dpi) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
TS mode (AE) (300dpi) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 11
46 19 table setup or AE operation mode setup
When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the gamma table code number is displayed. (Default: 5K Toner life = 1, 8K Toner
life = 2) Enter the code number corresponding to desired gamma table, and press the PRINT switch or the copy mode select key to
enable the setup.
When the copy mode select key is pressed during setup of the gamma table, the mode is switched to the AE operation setup mode and
the current setup of the AE operation mode code number is displayed. (Default: 0) Enter the code number corresponding to your
desired AE operation mode, and press the PRINT switch or the copy mode select key to switch the setup. (When the copy mode select
key is pressed, the mode is returned to the gamma table setup mode.)
20 ADF exposure correction
Used to adjust the exposure correction quantity in the ADF mode by adjusting the differential of Vref voltage for the OC mode.
(Operating procedure)
When this simulation is executed, the current setup is displayed. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT key
to enable the setup and make a copy.
When the CLEAR key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation mode is terminated.
The greater the value is the darker the exposure is.
The smaller the value is, the brighter the exposure is.
29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi)
Used to set the contrast in each mode.
(Operation/Procedure)
When this simulation is executed, the machine performs warm-up and shading, and the current setup value is displayed in two digits.
(Default: 50)
Use the copy quantity keys to change the setup value, and press the PRINT switch to make a copy with the new setup.
The greater the setup value is, the greater the contrast is, and vise versa. Only EXP.3 copy is made, however, EXP.1 contrast and
EXP.5 contrast are also changed accordingly.
When the CLEAR key is pressed, the entered setup value is saved and the simulation is terminated.
Any copy mode can be selected with the copy mode select key. The setup value of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy
quantity display.
(Setup range: 0 99)
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
Code number table
1 Image quality priority mode
2 Toner consumption priority mode
Code number AE operation mode
0 Fixed process * Default
1 Real time process
Copy mode Display lamp
AE mode (600dpi) AE mode lamp
TEXT mode (600dpi) TEXT mode lamp
PHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp
TS mode (TEXT) (600dpi) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
TS mode (AE) (600dpi) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 12
46 31 Image sharpness adjustment
Used to adjust the clear/shading-off of an image in each mode.
(Operating procedure)
When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading operations are performed and the current setup value is displayed. (Default: 1)
Change the setup value with the copy quantity keys. Press the PRINT switch and a copy is made according to the new setup. When the
clear key is pressed, the entered setup value is saved and the simulation is terminated.
Any desired copy mode can be selected with the copy mode select key. The code number of the selected copy mode is displayed on
the copy quantity display.
32 Copier color reproduction setup
Used to set color reproduction for each mode. Colors which are easily copied or which are not easily copied are selected.
(Operating procedure)
When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number for each copy mode is displayed. (Default: 0)
Change the setup value with the copy quantity keys and press the Print switch. A copy will be made according to the setup. At that time,
the color component used for copying is changed.
When the clear key is pressed, the entered code number is saved and the simulation mode is terminated.
Any desired copy mode can be selected with the copy mode select key. The selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity
display.
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
Setup value Image quality
0 Shading off
1 Standard * Default
2 Clear
Copy mode Display lamp
AE mode AE mode lamp
TEXT mode TEXT mode lamp
PHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp
TS mode (TEXT) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
TS mode (AE) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp
This setup does not affect black-and-white copies.
Setup value Easy-to-copy colors Difficult-to-copy colors
0 Purple/Blue/Red Yellow/Green/Light blue
1 Light blue/Green/Blue Purple/Red/Yellow
2 Yellow/Red/Green Blue/Light blue/Purple
Code number Component of use
0 Green * Default
1 Red
2 Blue
Copy mode Display lamp
AE mode (including TS) AE mode lamp
TEXT mode (including TS) TEXT mode lamp
PHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 13
48 01 Front/rear (main scanning) direction and scan (sub scanning) direction magnification ratio adjustment
(1) Front/rear direction magnification ratio auto correction: The width of the reference line marked on the shading correction plate is
scanned to perform automatic correction of the front/rear (main scanning) direction magnification ratio as well as automatic setup of
the OC/document center offset value and of the image scan start position.
In addition, the black level automatic adjustment is performed simultaneously.
The OC/document center offset value and the image scan start position automatically set in this simulation, can be checked by the
respective manual setup simulation for each adjustment shown below.
(2) Front/rear direction magnification ratio manual correction: By key operations, the front/rear (main scanning) direction magnification
ratio is set by changing the setup value of the ZOOM DATA register to AISC.
(3) Scan direction magnification ratio correction: The scan direction magnification ratio in the OC mode is set by changing the scan
speed.
(4) ADF mode scan direction magnification ratio correction: The ADF mode scan direction magnification ratio is set by changing the
scan speed.
(Operating procedure)
When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed in two digits. (Center value: 50) Press the copy mode select key
to select each setup mode and the setup display will change accordingly.
In the case of the front/rear direction automatic adjustment.
To perform the automatic adjustment, place the gray gradation chart (TOSHIBA TEST CHART No.15-1) face down so as to fit with the
left center of the platen with the darker side (S7) on the left of OC.
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the shading white board, and the width of the reference line is
scanned, and the correction value is calculated, and the value is saved.
After completion of the automatic adjustment, press the density adjustment Down key, and the black level will be displayed in
hexadecimal number (3 digits) of 12bits.
For manual adjustment, enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT switch, the set value will be saved and a copy
will be made. When the clear key is pressed, the value entered will be saved and the simulation will be terminated. (Increasing the
setup value by 1 increases 0.1%.)
In the front/rear direction magnification ratio automatic correction
(1) When the calculated value of the scan correction value is within 5%, is displayed.
(Cause) Erroneous position of the reference line on the white board, improper installation of the lens unit, etc.
(2) In case of a scan error of the reference line, the jam lamp lights up.
(Cause) CCD error, no white board installed.
If the automatic correction of the magnification ratio cannot provide a satisfactory result, use the manual correction.
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
OC/document center offset Sim50-10 Center offset adjustment
Image scan start position Sim50-01 Lead edge image position
S7 S1
Back of the chart
Adjustment mode Lamp ON
Front/rear direction magnification ratio automatic correction and black level adjustment AE lamp
Front/rear direction magnification ratio manual correction TEXT lamp
Scan direction magnification ratio correction PHOTO lamp
ADF mode scan direction magnification ratio correction AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamps
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 14
49 01 Flash ROM program writing mode (Sim 49-01 is used in the production line, not in the fields.)
(Operating procedure)
When this simulation is executed, d is displayed on the display and the machine enters the Flash ROM program writing mode.
Use the writing tool to write the program from PC. During writing, the display indicates as shown below. After completion of
downloading, turn OFF/ON the power to reset.
50 01 Lead edge image position
Used to adjust the copy image position and the lead edge void quantity on the copy paper. The adjustment is made by adjusting the
image scan start position and the print start position (resist roller ON timing) at 100%.
(Operating procedure)
When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed the current setup value is displayed in two digits. (Center value:
50) Press the copy mode select key to select your desired coy mode, and the display will change. Enter the adjustment value with the
10-key and press the PRINT switch, and the setup value will be saved and a copy will be made. Press the clear key to save the setup
value and exit from the simulation mode. When the adjustment is made for the main cassette feed, all the adjustment values at all the
paper feed ports become the same. (Increasing the setup value by 1 corresponds to about 0.1mm shift.)
(Adjustment procedure)
1. Set the print start position (A), the lead edge void quantity (B) and the scan start position (C) to 0, and make a copy at 100%.
2. Measure the image loss quantity (R mm) of the scale.
Set C = 10 R (mm) (Example: Set 40.)
When the value C is increased by 10, the image loss is decreased by 1mm.
(Default: 50)
3. Measure the distance (H mm) from the paper lead edge to the image print
start position.
Set A = 10 H (mm) (Example: set 50)
When the value A is increased by 1mm, the image lead edge is shifted to
the paper lead edge by 1mm. (Default: 50)
4. Set the lead edge void quantity to B = 50 (2.5mm). (Default: 50)
When the value B is increased by 10, the void is increased by about 1mm.
(When set to 25 or less, the void becomes zero.)
The ADF adjustment is performed by adjusting the ADF image scan start position.
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
* in an error display indicates the error position.
Status Display Pre-heat lamp Ready lamp
Download data reception d ON ON OFF
Data erase start d ON OFF ON
Data writing (Boot section) d ON Blink OFF
Data writing (program section) d ON Blink Blink
Sum check d ON ON ON
Download complete 0FF ON OFF OFF
Error state E * ON OFF OFF
1 Data reception error
2 Loader function transfer
3 FLASH ROM delete
4 FLASH ROM writing (Boot section)
5 FLASH ROM writing (Program section)
6 Sum check (Loader section)
7 Sum check (Boot section)
8 Sum check (Program section)
: Supported if the model is installed and skipped if it is not installed.
Adjustment mode Lamp ON
Print start position (Main cassette paper feed) AE, main cassette lamp
Print start position (2nd cassette paper feed) AE, 2nd cassette lamp
Print start position (Manual paper feed) AE, manual feed lamp
Image lead edge void quantity TEXT lamp
Image scan start position PHOTO lamp
Image rear edge void quantity AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp
ADF image scan start position AE, TEXT lamp
AE ON TEXT ON PHOTO ON

5mm
10mm
Distance from the paper lead edge
to the image lead edge: H = 5mm
Image loss:
R = 4mm
(Example)
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 15
50 10 Center offset adjustment
Used to adjust the copy image position on the copy paper and the center offset position when scanning a document.
(Operating procedure)
When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT
switch, and the entered value will be saved and a copy will be made. When the clear key is pressed, the entered value will be saved
and the simulation will be terminated. (When the setup value is increased by 1, shift is increased by 0.1mm.)
When the setup value is too great, outside of the shading area may be read, and black streaks may be produced on the edges.
When the adjustment value is increased, the image is shifted to the left.
When the adjustment value is decreased, the image is shifted to the right.
51 02 Resist quantity adjustment
Used to adjust the contact pressure of paper against the machine resist roller and the RSPF resist roller.
(Operating procedure)
When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed.
Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT switch, the entered set value will be saved and a copy will be made.
When the clear key is pressed, the entered value will be saved and the machine will exit from the simulation mode.
53 08 ADF scan position automatic adjustment
Place a black chart so that it covers the ADF scan glass and the OC glass, and execute the simulation with the OC cover open, the
mirror unit scans from the home position to the ADF scan position to identify the ADF glass cover edge position by the difference in the
CCD output levels of the ADF glass cover edge and the OC side document glass.
Default is 50. Adjustment range is 0 99. Adjustment increment: 1 = about 0.127mm
If this adjustment is performed properly, the adjustment value is displayed. If it is abnormal, the jam lamp lights up. If the adjustment is
not made properly, is displayed.
61 03 Polygon motor check (HSYNC output check)
(Operation/Procedure)
When the START key is pressed, HSYNC is performed and the polygon motor is rotated for 30 sec.
At that time, the Zoom lamp is lit for 100msec for every 3 times that the HSYNC is detected.
63 01 Shading check
Used to display the detection level of the white board for shading.
(Operating procedure)
When the PRINT switch is pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white board for shading to light the copy lamp. Under this state,
the level of one pixel at the CCD center which is not corrected for 10sec in 1 sec, and the result is displayed on the value display
section.
64 01 Self print
Print of one page is made regardless of the status of the optical system.
(Operating procedure)
When this simulation is executed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted. Enter the code number with the 10-key, and
select the cassette with the cassette select key and press the PRINT switch, and paper feed operation will be made from the selected
cassette and printing of the selected pattern will be made. Printing is in 1by2 mode, or grid pattern.
Main
code
Sub
code
Content
: Supported only for installing models, and skipped for not-installing models.
Adjustment mode Lamp ON
Print center offset (Main cassette paper feed) AE, main cassette lamp
Print center offset (2nd cassette paper feed) AE, 2nd cassette lamp
Print center offset (Manual paper feed) AE, manual paper feed lamp
OC/document center offset AE, TEXT lamp
ADF (front) document center offset AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp
: Supported only for installing models, and skipped for not-installing models.
Adjustment mode Lamp ON
Main cassette paper feed AE, main cassette lamp
2nd cassette paper feed AE, 2nd cassette lamp
Manual paper feed AE, manual paper feed lamp
RSPF document feed (front) AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp
RSPF document feed (back) AE, TEXT lamp
duplex back TEXT, PHOTO lamp
2 99: print in 1by2.
Code number Pattern
0 1by2
1 Grid pattern
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 16
4. TroubIe codes/TroubIeshooting
A. TroubIe codes Iist
Main
code
Sub
code
Trouble content Detail of trouble
E7 02 HSYNC not detected. LSU (laser diode, reception element, APC circuit) trouble
LSU drive circuit (ASIC) trouble
10 CCD black level trouble CCD drive circuit (CCD PWB, ASIC, harness) trouble
11 CCD white level trouble CCD drive circuit (CCD PWB, ASIC harness) trouble
Copy lamp lighting trouble (Copy lamp, inverter PWB)
12 Shading trouble
(White correction)
Dirt on white plate for scanning white level
16 Laser output trouble LSU (laser diode, reception element, APC circuit) trouble
LSU drive circuit (ASIC) trouble
F5 02 Copy lamp disconnection
trouble
Copy lamp or copy lamp drive circuit (inverter PWB) trouble
Copy lamp disconnection
H2 00 Thermistor open detection The fusing thermistor is open.
H3 00 Heat roller abnormally high
temperature
The fusing temperature rises above 240C.
H4 00 Heat roller abnormally low
temperature
The fusing temperature does not reach 175C within 30 sec of turning on the power, or the fusing
temperature keeps at 140C.
L1 00 Feeding is not completed
within the specified time
after starting feeding.
(The scan head locking
switch is locked)
The white area and the black marking on the shading plate are used to obtain the difference in the CCD
level values for judgment of lock. When the difference in the levels of which and black is small, it is judged
that the black mark could not be scanned by lock and the trouble code L1 is displayed.
L3 00 Return is not completed
within the specified time.
When the mirror base is returned for the specified time (6 sec) in mirror initializing after turning on the
power, the mirror home position sensor (MHPS) does not turn ON. Or when the mirror base is returned for
the specified time (about 6 sec) after start of copy return, the mirror home position sensor (MHPS) does not
turn ON.
L4 01 Main motor lock When the main motor encoder pulse is not detected for 100 msec.
L6 10 Polygon motor lock The lock signal (specified rpm signal) does not return within a certain time (about 20 sec) from starting the
polygon motor rotation
U2 01 Counter sum check error When the counter check sum value stored in the EEPROM is abnormal.
04 EEPROM serial
communication error
When a communication trouble occurs with the EEPROM.
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 17
B. Countermeasures for Jaguar troubIe codes
E7-02 HSYNC is not detected.
Check connection of CN119 (MCU).
Check for disconnection or loose connection.
Check for disconnection of pin: 6 pin (SHOLD), 8 pin (LDEN) (MCU LSU)
Check for breakage of harness, 10 pin (SYNC) (LSU MCU).
Check for short-circuit.
Execute SIM 61-03 to check the following signals.
E7-10 CCD bIack IeveI troubIe, E7-11 CCD white IeveI
troubIe, F5-02 UnstabIe Iight quantity
Check connection of the connector (FFC).
MCU (CN105) side
Scanner side
1 Replace the carriage unit.
2 Replace the MCU.
3 Replace the FFC.
E7-11 Dirt on the shading pIate (white pIate)
The content of E7-12 is the same as that of E7-11.
E7-16 Laser output troubIe
Normally, SHOLD and LDEN are outputted from the MCU and SYNC is
sent back. When SHOLD and LDEN are not outputted, SYNC is
sent back to the MCU.
Check for connection of the connectors.
CN119 (Pin numbers are the same as those of E7-02.)
Replace the MCU. If OK, check the above three signals.

Replace the LSU.


Replace the harness.
MCU LSU
HSYNC
SHOLD, LDEN

CN119 10 pin (SYNC)
Not delivered.
Not outputted.
Outputted.
Connection is proper.
Are SHOLD and LDEN outputted? Check the MCU circuit. (Replace the MCU.)
(MCU PWB connector section 2)
(MCU PWB Driver section 1)
IC 113 IN (8 pin)/OUT (12 pin)
CN119 peripheral circuit
Check the signal line of
SHOLD and LDEN.
Resistor BR156
Replace the ASIC, CPU or MCU.
Outputted.
Check connectors on the LSU.
(Same as the pin arrangement of CN119)

Check for disconnection.

Check for pin disconnection,
harness breakage, or short circuit.
Replace the LSU.
(CCD)
AFE
A/D
MCU
Black level setup
MCU LSU
SYNC
SHOLD, LDEN
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 18
H2-00 Thermistor open (AnaIysis of the troubIe code is
made with SIM 14.)
Check for disconnection of the connector CN120 (MCU).
Check for disconnection of the interface connector.
Replace the thermistor.
Replace the MCU.
Check the heater control circuit in the MCU. (Specified on S/M 13-8)
H3-00 Heater high temperature troubIe (The troubIe code
is canceIed with SIM 14.)
Heater keeps ON. Short-circuit in the triac,
Short-circuit in the drive circuit of the triac (in the power PWB).
Replace the triac.
Replace the power PWB.
Short-circuit in the thermistor (Same check item as thermistor open)
Use a tester to check the thermistor interface connector. (Pinched
wire)
H4-00 Heater Iow temperature troubIe (The troubIe code is
canceIed with SIM 14.)
Check the installing environment (room temperature, power supply,
voltage) of the machine.
The heater lamp does not light up. Execute SIM 5-02.
Heater lamp disconnection
Connector check (CN101, 22 pin HLOUT)
Check the heater lamp drive circuit. (On the power PWB)
Check the HLOUT signal. If HLOUT is not outputted:
Replace the MCU.
Check the signal line of MCU and HLOUT signal.
Check for improper connection of the thermistor.
L1-00 Scanner unit feed troubIe
L3-00 Scanner unit return troubIe
Short-circuit in the MCU PWB (HLOUT signal)
(RTH signal)
Check the connector. (CN101, 22 pin) MCU side
Power supply side
CN120
MCU
Interface connector
Thermistor
Thermostat open
An abnormally high temperature
in the machine may cause the problem.
Check that the fan rotates normally.
(Similarly to H3-00.)

Check the setup of the kind of the fan.
SIM 26-63. The current setup is "2."
Sim 5-02
If the fan does not rotate normally,
check the fan connector and the
fan control signal. Replace the fax.
Use a tester to check the
AC line of the interface
connector. Replace the
fusing unit.

Check release of the headlock switch.

Check the scanner unit operation with SIM 1-01.
Does not operate.
Operates.
The shading sheet does not read.
The check item is the same as that of E7-10.

Check the connector. (CN103).

Check that the drive belt is properly applied to the scanner unit.

Check the drive signal of the scanner motor.
(OUT A+, A-, OUT B+, B-)

Abnormally heavy load of the scanner drive
(Improper engagement of the motor drive gear and the belt drive
gear)
(Abnormally high belt tension)
If there are no signals, replace the MCU.
If there are signals, replace the motor.
Follow the above signal line.

MHPS does not detect the home position. (MHPS, harness, PWB)

Check the scanner unit operation with SIM 1-01.

Check the connector (CN103)

Check that the drive belt is properly applied to the scanner unit.

Check the drive signal of the scanner motor.
(OUT A+, A-, OUT B+, B-)

Abnormally heavy load of the scanner drive
(Improper engagement of the motor drive gear and the belt drive
gear)
(Abnormally high belt tension
Operates.
Check the operation of MHPS. When
executing SIM 1-01, check that the DV
replacement lamp should light up.
(If the lamp lights up, check the items of
"Does not operate."
Does not operate.
If there are no signals, replace the MCU.
If there are signals, replace the motor.
Follow the above signal line.
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 19
L4-01 Main motor troubIe
L6-10 PoIygon motor troubIe
U2-01 EEPROM troubIe
U2-04 communication error
The check items are the same as those of U2-04.

Check the main motor operation with SIM 25-01.
Operates.
Does not operate.
Check the Lock signal.

If the MMLD signal is not delivered from the MM, replace the MM.

If the MMLD is delivered to the MCU, replace the MCU. Follow the MMLD signal in the MCU.
Check the connector CN107 (MCU), and the connector on the motor side.
Check the connector
Check the MMLD signal (3 pin).
MM
MMLD
MCU
Check the MM drive signal.
CN107, 4 pin (MMD)
CN107, 7, 8 pin (24V)
If the MMD is delivered from the MCU, replace the MM.
If the MMD is not delivered from the MCU, replace the MCU.
If 24V is not supplied,
check the connector and its
peripheral.
Follow the MMD signal.

Check the polygon motor operation with SIM 25-10.
Operates.
Does not operate.
Check the Lock signal.

If the PMRDY is not delivered from the PM, replace the LSU.

If the PMRDY is delivered to the MCU, replace the MCU. Follow the PMRDY signal in the MCU.
Check the connector CN119 (MCU) and the connector on the motor side.
Check the connector.
Check the PMRDY signal (15 pin).
PM
PMRDY
MCU
Check the PM drive signal.
CN119, 16 pin (PMD)
CN119, 14 pin (PMCLK)
Ch119, 18 pin (24V)
If the PMD is delivered from the MCU, replace the LSU.
If the PMD is not delivered from the MCU, replace the MCU.
If 24V is not supplied,
check the connector
and its peripheral.
Follow the PMD signal.

Cancel U2 with SIM 16.
US can be canceled.
U2 cannot be canceled.
Make a copy. Turn off and on the power Check that U2 error does not occur.
If it does occur again, go to the procedure of "U2 cannot be canceled."
Trouble in the EERPOM or its peripheral circuit (SCL, SDA)
1 (CPU section) signal
EEPROM CPU
SDA
SCL
SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 20
C. Countermeasures for indicators
"For items of which no description is made below, it is likely that the problem is caused by the failure of 1. Panel PWB, 2. MCU PWB or 3. Harness
between Panel PWB and MCU PWB."
Indicator Status Check items
Online Not light up. Is the connection of the harness properly made between the I/F PWB and the MCU PWB?
Check the GDIIN signal line on the MCU PWB.
ADF Not black out. "Check the sensor of the ADF by performing Sim 2-2.
Does the status of the SPID sensor change when inserting and extracting a document? If not, check the sensor
itself and the signal line."
Not light up. "Check the sensor of ADF by performing Sim 2-2.
Does the status of the SPID sensor change when inserting and extracting a document? Does the status of the
SDOD sensor change when opening and closing the ADF unit (OC)? Does the status of the SDSW sensor change
when opening and closing the ADF paper-feeding cover? If there is any sensor that does not change, check the
sensor itself and the signal line. "
"Check to make sure that the ADF setting is made as ""1"" by performing Sim 26-2."
ADF misfeed Not black out. "Check the sensor of ADF by performiing Sim 2-2. Does the status of the SPPD sensor change when inserting a
document as far as it will go with the ADF paper-feeding cover open? If it does not change, check the sensor itself
and the signal line."
JAM Not black out. "Of the sensors PPD1/PPD2/POD, check whether there is any that is on by performing Sim 30-1. If any of them is
on, check whether there is any scrap of paper near the sensor. Then check the sensor itself and the signal line."
MAINTENANCE 11 - 1
[11] MAINTENANCE
1. Maintenance tabIe
: Check (Clean, adjust, or replace when required.) : Clean : Replace : Adjust : Lubricate
2. Maintenance dispIay system
Section Parts 25K 50K 75K 100K 125K Remark
Developing Developer
DV blade
DV side seal (F/R)
Process peripheral Drum
Toner Life 8K (SIM 46-19=2)/5K (SIM 46-19=1)
Remaining quantity NEAR EMPTY
About 10%
EMPTY
LED ON Flash
Machine Operation allowed Stop
Developer Life 25K
LED ON at 25K of the developer count.
Machine Selection is available between Not Stop and Stop by Service Simulation (SIM 26-37) Setup.
(If Stop is selected, the LED will flash and stop at 25K.)
Default: Not Stop
Clear: SIM 24-06
Maintenance LED Selection is available among 25K, 13K, 9K, 6K, 3K, and free (no lighting) with SIM 21-1.
Default: free
Clear: SIM 20-1
Machine Not stop.
USER PROGRAMS 12 - 1
[12] USER PROGRAMS
The conditions of factory setting can be changed according to the use conditions.
1. Functions that can be set with user programs
* Note: The power consumption values in pre-heat and auto shut off may be varied depending on the use conditions.
2. Change the setting
Example: Changing the time to operate the auto clear function
(Change from 60 sec to 90 sec)
1) Press the right and the left exposure adjustment keys simulta-
neously to start setting.
Keep pressing the keys for 5 sec.
Display lamps ( , , , ) blink simultaneously and " -- " is
displayed on the copy quantity display.
2) Select the function code with the 10-digit key (copy quantity set
key).
The number of the selected function blinks on the digit of 10 on the
copy quantity display.
For auto clear, select " 1. "
For setting, refer to the following function codes.
[Cancel] If a wrong code is entered, press the clear key and enter the
correct function code.
* ADF only
3) Press the COPY button.
The number blinking on the digit of 10 of the copy quantity display is
lighted.
The number of the current set code blinks on the digit of 1.
4) Select the setting code with 1-digit key (copy quantity set key).
To set to 90 sec, select " 4. "
For setting, refer to the following set codes.
* Factory setting
The number blinking on the digit of 1 of the copy quantity display is lit
up. This means the setting is completed.
[Cancel] When a wrong number of the function code is set, press the
clear key and perform the procedure again from step 2.
5) Press the COPY button.
The number blinking on the digit of 1 of the copy quantity display is lit
up. This means the setting is completed.
Note: To set another function, press the clear key after completion of
this operation and perform the procedure from step 2.
6) Press either one of the exposure adjustment keys ( or ) to
complete the setting.
Display lamps ( , , , ) go off and the copy quantity dis-
play returns to the normal state.
Function Contents Factory setting
Auto clear When a certain time is passed after completion of copying, this function returns to the initial state
automatically. The time to reach the initial state can be set in the range of 30 sec to 120 sec by the unit
of 30 sec. This function can be disabled.
60 sec
Pre-heat When the copier is left unused with the power ON, the power consumption is automatically reduced to
about 40Wh/H (* Note).The time to start this function can be set in the range of 30 sec to 90 sec by the
unit of 30 sec. This function cannot be disabled.
When this function is operated, the pre-heat lamp on the operation panel lights up. To return to the
initial state, press any key on the operation panel. (When the COPY button is pressed, a copy is made
after returning to the initial state.)
30 sec
Auto shut off passing
time
When the copier is left unused with the power ON, the power consumption is automatically reduced to
about 18Wh/H (* Note). The time to start this function can be set in the range of 2 min to 120 min.
When this function is operated, all the lamps except for the pre-heat lamp on the operation panel turn
off. To return to the initial state, press the COPY button.
5 min
Stream feeding Only models with ADF Set
Auto shut off setting Used to set or cancel this function. Set
Auto/Manual mode
resolution setup
Used to set the resolution in the auto/manual mode. The speed priority (300dpi) and the resolution
priority (600dpi) are effective for fine text and ultra fine text.
300 dpi
Function name Function code
Auto clear 1
Pre-heat 2
Auto shut off passing time 3
Stream feeding 4*
Auto shut off setting 5
Auto/Manual mode resolution setup 6
Function name Set code
Auto clear 0 (OFF)
1 (10 sec)
2 (30 sec)
*3 (60 sec)
4 (90 sec)
5 (120 sec)
Pre-heat *0 (30 sec)
1 (60 sec)
2 (90 sec)
Auto shut off 0 (2 min)
*1 (5 min)
2 (15 min)
3 (30 min)
4 (60 min)
5 (120 min)
Stream feeding 0 (Cancel)
*1 (Setting)
Auto shut off setting 0 (Cancel)
*1 (Setting)
Auto/Manual mode resolution setup *0 (300 dpi)
1 (600 dpi)
USER PROGRAMS 12 - 2
3. Density IeveI adjustment
A. AE IeveI adjustment (OC mode)
[Input procedure]
When the density select key is pressed and held for 5 sec after turning
on the [PHOTO] mode lamp, the [AUTO] mode lamp blinks and the
current setup of the density level is displayed.
[Adjustment]
The adjustment is made in 5 steps by pressing the density adjustment
key.
[Terminating procedure]
When the density select key is pressed, the mode display is changed
from blinking to lighting, and the AE level setup is completed.
In the AE level adjustment mode, all the keys except for the [Density
select] key, the [Density adjustment] keys ([>] key and [<] key) are
disabled.
In the AE level adjustment mode, the ready lamp and the online
lamp are turned off.
The auto mode level adjustment is applied only for the auto mode.
When the machine enters the exposure adjustment mode of OC
once, the adjustment mode is not changed though a document is set
on the ADF until the setup is completed.
B. AE IeveI adjustment (ADF mode)
[Input procedure]
With the ADF mode lamp ON, when the density select key is pressed
and held for 5 sec after turning on the [PHOTO] mode lamp, the
[AUTO] mode lamp blinks and the current setup of the density level is
displayed.
[Adjustment]
The adjustment is made in 5 steps by pressing the density adjustment
key.
[Terminating procedure]
When the mode select key is pressed, the mode display is changed
from blinking to lighting, and the AE level setup is completed.
During the AE level adjustment mode, all the keys except for the
[Density select] key, the [Density adjustment] keys ([>] key and [<]
key) are disabled.
During the AE level adjustment mode, the ready lamp and the online
lamp are turned off.
The auto mode level adjustment is applied only for the auto mode.
When the machine enters the ADF exposure adjustment mode once,
the adjustment mode is not changed though a document is removed
from the ADF until the setup is completed.
This function is not available for the OC model.
4. Toner save mode setup and canceI
[Input procedure]
When the density select key is pressed and held for 5 sec after turning
on the [TEXT] mode lamp, the [PHOTO] mode lamp blinks and the cur-
rent setup of the density level is displayed.
[Setup/CanceI]
When the density adjustment key [<] is pressed, Level 1 is lighted and
the toner save mode is set.
When the density adjustment key [>] is pressed, Level 5 is lighted and
the toner save mode is canceled.
[Terminating procedure]
When the density select key is pressed, the mode display is changed
from blinking to lighting, and the setup is completed.
During the toner save mode setup, all the keys except for the [Den-
sity select] key, the [Density adjustment] keys ([>] key and [<] key)
are disabled.
During the toner save mode setup, the ready lamp and the online
lamp are turned off.
The toner save mode is applied in the auto mode and the manual
mode.
ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 1
[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION
1. BIock diagram
A. OveraII bIock diagram
C
a
r
r
i
a
g
e

U
n
i
t
C
C
D

P
W
B

1
2
V
RG
8
b
i
t
s

(
M
S
B
/
L
S
B
)
B
V
C
L
5
V
E
N
P
S
W
,

S
E
L
i
n
A
D
C
C
L
K
K
i
n
B
S
A
M
P
,

V
S
A
M
P
S
D
I
,

S
C
L
K
,

L
O
A
D

1
,

2
,

T
G
,

T
G
2
,

T
G
3

R
B
,

C
L
B
,

1
L
3
.
3
V
C l o c k , D a t a ,
L A T C H






C
C
D


(

u
P
D
8
8
6
1
)
A
F
E
(
A
D
9
8
2
6
)


C


D


S


A


G


C


M


P


X


A
D

1
6
b
i
t
s



C
C
D

D
r
i
v
e
r




O
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

P
W
B
S
D
R
A
M
(
8
M
B
)





C
C
F
L
L
a
m
p
I
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
I
/
F

P
W
B
(
O
p
t
i
o
n
a
l
)
A
S
I
C

R
e
s
e
t
I
E
E
E

1
2
8
4

I
/
F
3
.
3
V
A
[
9




1
]
U
S
B

I
/
F
D
[
1
5




0
]
M
M
D
L
S
U

U
N
I
T
V
F
M
M
a
i
n

M
o
t
o
r
P M D
T M + , T M





















A
S
I
C





C
P
U

H
8
S
/
2
3
2
0

IEEE1284




L
a
s
e
r
I
/
F

P
W
B
P
o
l
y
g
o
n

M
o
t
o
r
O
S
C
(
2
4
M
H
z
)
O
S
C
(
1
3
.
9
8
6
7
M
H
z
)
O
t
h
e
r

L
o
a
d
s
<
A
S
I
C

I
/
O
>
M
P
F
S
,

R
R
S
,

H
L
,

P
R
F
A
N

M
o
t
o
r
S
G
S
,

S
R
R
C
,

S
P
U
S
,

S
P
P
S
,
T
C
,

G
R
I
D
L
,

M
C
,

B
I
A
S
M
P
F
S
,

C
P
F
S
2
,
T
o
n
e
r

M
o
t
o
r
S
c
a
n
n
e
r

M
o
t
o
r
C
P
F
S
1
O
t
h
e
r

I
n
p
u
t
s
C
P
U

I
N
T
E
R
R
U
P
T
P
M
C
L
K
M
H
P
S
,
S
P
P
D
C
P
U

I
/
OR
T
H
P
P
D
1
,

P
O
D
,

M
F
D
,

C
E
D
1
,

T
C
S
,
D
V
S
1
,

P
P
D
2
,

P
P
D
3
,

C
E
D
2
,

D
S
W
S
S
D
S
W
,

S
P
I
D
,

S
D
O
D
,

D
R
S
T
M
u
l
t
i
P
l
e
x
e
d
M
C
U

P
W
B

U
N
I
T
I
2
C

B
u
s


A
[
1
6
.
.
0
]
D
[
1
5




8
]


A
[
1
9
.
.
0
]





D
[
1
5
.
.
0
]
A
[
1
9




0
]
D
[
1
5



0
]
P
o
w
e
r

R
e
s
e
t
3
.
3
V
3
.
3
V
/
5
V
/
5
V
E
N
/
1
2
V
2
4
V





C
P
U

H
8
S
/
2
3
2
0
(
1
9
.
6
6
0
8
M
H
z
)
E
E
P
R
O
M
(
2
K
b
)


R
e
s
e
t

I
C




S
R
A
M

(
1
M
b

x

1
)
R
O
M
(
4
M
b
)

P
o
w
e
r

S
u
p
p
l
y

U
n
i
t
(
L
o
w

P
o
w
e
r
/
H
i
g
h

P
o
w
e
r
)
S
P
M
T
0
/
1
/
2
/
3
A
D
F

M
o
t
o
r
USB1.1
.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 2
B. MCU PWB unit
T
o
n
e
r

M
o
t
o
r

M
a
i
n

M
o
t
o
r

A
D
F
M
o
t
o
r

S
c
a
n
n
e
r

M
o
t
o
r

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
P
W
B

C
C
D

P
W
B

I
n
v
e
r
t
e
r
P
W
B

C
o
p
y
L
a
m
p

P
O
W
E
R

S
U
P
P
L
Y

P
P
D
1

P
O
D

M
F
D

F
A
N

M
o
t
o
r

C
a
s
s
e
t
t
e
D
e
t
e
c
t
C
P
F
S

M
P
F
S

R
R
S

S
D
O
D

A
D
F
M
o
d
e
l

O
n
l
y

C
N
1
0
6

C
N
1
1
1

C
N
1
1
4

C
N
1
2
3

C
N
1
0
8

C
N
1
0
9

C
N
1
1
7

C
N
1
1
6

C
N
1
1
0

I
C
1
2
6

C
N
1
1
4

I
C
1
2
8

C
N
1
2
2

L
S
U

U
N
I
T

(
P
o
l
y
g
o
n

M
o
t
o
r
)


I
C
1
2
7

C
N
1
0
3

I
C
1
2
9

C
N
1
2
4

I
C
1
0
3

C
P
U
(
H
8
S
/
2
3
2
0
)



I
C
1
0
6



A
S
I
C

H
G
7
3
C
1
1
9
H
F

C
N
1
2
3

I
C
1
2
1

I
C
1
1
5

I
C
1
1
7

I
C
1
1
4

I
C
1
1
9

I
C
1
2
1

I
C
1
2
4

C
N
1
0
1

I
C
1
2
5

C
N
1
0
4

I
C
1
1
5

I
C
1
1
4

I
C
1
1
6

C
N
1
0
2

C
N
1
1
2

I
C
1
2
4

I
C
1
2
5

I
n
t
e
r
l
o
c
k

S
W
I
C
1
1
8

I
C
1
1
3

I
C
1
2
4

I
C
1
2
1

C
N
1
1
9

I
C
1
1
5

C
N
1
0
7

I
C
1
1
3

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

P
W
B

I
C
1
3
1

C
N
1
0
5

/
V
I
D
E
O

M
P
R
D
Y
/
S
Y
N
C
S
P
M
T
_
0


3

O
U
T
_
A
+


B
-
S
H
O
L
D

/
L
D
E
N

P
S
W

T
M
A
_
O

M
M
L
D

/
M
M
D

K
I
N
1
K
I
N
2

O
P
_
C
L
K

E
t
c

O
P
_
L
A
T
C
H

O
P
_
D
A
T
A

E
t
c

A
F
E
_
C
L
K

A
D
_
C
L
K

V
C
L

E
t
c

A
F
E
_
D
B
0


7
M
T
_
A
T
_
H
O
M
E

E
t
c

U
S
B
I
N

V
P
I
N

V
M
I
N

E
t
c

P
A
R
A
D
0


7
V
P
O
U
T

V
M
O
U
T

E
t
c

/
P
O
F
F

H
L
O
U
T

E
t
c

3
.
3
V
I
N

5
V
I
N

1
2
V
I
N

2
4
V
I
N

E
t
c

E
t
c

E
t
c

T
M
B
_
O

V
F
M
O
U
T

/
V
F
M
C
N
T

I
C
1
2
5

C
N
1
2
0

P
P
D
2

T
H
E
R
M
I
S
T
O
R
H
I
G
H

V
O
L
T
A
G
E

C
O
N
T
R
O
L

U
N
I
T

H
e
a
t
e
r

L
a
m
p
D
V

U
N
I
T
D
V
S
E
L

ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 3
2. Circuit descriptions
A. Main PWB (MCU)
(1) GeneraI
The MCU PWB is composed of:
CPU peripheral sections which perform mechanical sequence
control and function job management
Image process ASIC which performs image process, CCD control,
LSU control, and print control
Motor control circuit
Mechanical load, sensor I/O circuit
It controls the processes for copying, the transport loads, fusing, the
optical system, the operation panel, and the option PWB.
(2) CPU signaI tabIe (HD6412320F)
PIN
No.
Signal code
Input/
Output
Operating
1 /CS1 Output SRAM chip select
2 /CS0 Output Flash ROM chip select
3 GND DGND
4 GND DGND
5 Vcc CPU3.3V
6 A0 Output Address bus
7 A1 Output Address bus
8 A2 Output Address bus
9 A3 Output Address bus
10 GND DGND
11 A4 Output Address bus
12 A5 Output Address bus
13 A6 Output Address bus
14 A7 Output Address bus
15 A8 Output Address bus
16 A9 Output Address bus
17 A10 Output Address bus
18 A11 Output Address bus
19 GND DGND
20 A12 Output Address bus
21 A13 Output Address bus
22 A14 Output Address bus
23 A15 Output Address bus
24 A16 Output Address bus
25 A17 Output Address bus
26 A18 Output Address bus
27 A19 Output Address bus
28 GND DGND
29 A20 Pull-Up
30 PSW Interruption
level input
Print SW
31 SPPD Interruption
level input
ADF paper sensor
32 CCD_TG Interruption
level input
CCD horizontal sync signal
33 Mt_at_home Interruption
level input
Mirror Home Position
34 /CPUSYNC Interruption
level input
Horizontal sync (ASIC)
35 GND DGND
36 GND DGND
37 FW Interruption
level input
Zero cross signal
38 ARB_INT Interruption
level input
ASIC interruption
39 Vcc CPU3.3V
40 D0 Data I/O Data bus
41 D1 Data I/O Data bus
42 D2 Data I/O Data bus
43 D3 Data I/O Data bus
44 GND DGND
45 D4 Data I/O Data bus
46 D5 Data I/O Data bus
47 D6 Data I/O Data bus
48 D7 Data I/O Data bus
49 D8 Data I/O Data bus
50 D9 Data I/O Data bus
51 D10 Data I/O Data bus
52 D11 Data I/O Data bus
53 GND DGND
54 D12 Data I/O Data bus
55 D13 Data I/O Data bus
56 D14 Data I/O Data bus
57 D15 Data I/O Data bus
58 Vcc CPU3.3V
59 ONL Output Online LED control
60 TxD1 Output For debug
61 D_CONT Output USB Pull-Up control
62 BEO Output OPE LED control
63 RESETOUT1 Output ASIC Reset signal
64 CL_Reset Output Copy lamp control
65 GND DGND
66 /DREQ0 Pull-Up
67 GND DGND
68 GND DGND
69 RY/BY Input Flash Busy signal
70 KIN1 Input HC151 selector detection
71 KIN2 Input HC151 selector detection
72 TMCLK Output Toner motor lock
73 TMEN Output Toner motor enable
74 POFF Output Shut off control
75 PMCLK Output Polygon clock
76 DMT0 Output Duplex Motor signal
77 DMT1 Output Duplex Motor signal
78 DMT2 Output Duplex Motor signal
79 DMT3 Output Duplex Motor signal
80 WDTOVF Output NC Pull-Up
81 /RES Input Reset
82 NMI Output NC Pull-Up
83 STBY Output NC Pull-Up
84 Vcc CPU3.3V
85 XTAL Input Clock
86 EXTAL Output Clock
87 GND DGND
88 CPUCLK Output NC
89 Vcc CPU3.3V
90 Reset OUT NC
91 /RD Output Read signal
92 /HWR Output Write signal (High address)
93 /LWR Output Write signal (Low address)
94 SELIN3 Output HC151 select signal
95 SELIN2 Output HC151 select signal
96 SELIN1 Output HC151 select signal
97 FAXSTS NC
98 FAXCMD NC
99 GND DGND
100 GND DGND
101 SCL Output EEPROM clock
102 DSDA Data I/O EEPROM Data bus
103 AVcc CPU3.3V
104 Vref CPU3.3V
105 RTH Analog
input
Fusing thermistor
106 Analog
input
NC Pull-Up
107 SIN1 Input HC151 select detection
108 SIN2 Input HC151 select detection
109 SIN3 Input HC151 select detection
PIN
No.
Signal code
Input/
Output
Operating
ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 4
(3) Image process ASIC (HG73C119HF)
a. GeneraI
The ASIC is composed of the three major blocks: the image process
section, the print control section, and the I/F section.
Image process section:
With image data from the CCD PWB in the operation mode deter-
mined by the register setup, shading, AE process, input correc-
tion, area separation, filter process, resolution conversion, zoom
process, output correction, binary conversion (error diffusion,
dither method, simple binary conversion) are performed.
Print control section:
When copying, the image-processed data are outputted to the LSU
according to the LSU writing timing. When scanning, the image
data are made into 8bit width and outputted to the I/F section
(USB).
I/F section:
Controls the DRAM which is the image data buffer, and processes
data send/receive between the USB I/F and the IEEE1284 I/F.
The ASIC is controlled by writing the operation mode and the neces-
sary setup values of the operation mode into the ASIC control register
before starting each operation. (For ASIC Pin configuration, refer to the
table at the end of this document.)
b. ASIC (SignaI tabIe)
110 USBIN Input IF PWB detection signal
111 Input NC
112 Input NC
113 Avss DGND
114 GND DGND
115 /SCANSP Output Scan STOP signal
116 /SCANST Output Scan START signal
117 /TRANSST Output ASIC transfer signal
118 /PRINTST Output Print Start signal
119 SPMT3 Output ADF motor signal
120 SPMT2/MIRCNT Output/
Input
ADF motor signal/mirror
counter
121 SPMT1 Output ADF motor signal
122 SPMT0 Output ADF motor signal
123 GND DGND
124 GND DGND
125 Vcc CPU3.3V
126 PSL Output Power save LED control
127 NC
128 /CS2 Output ASIC chip select
PIN
No.
Signal code
Input/
Output
Operating
Scan start
CCD
PWB
S
h
a
d
i
n
g
C
C
D

d
r
i
v
e
A
E
Resolution conversion,
Zooming, lmage
process circuit
Print data process circuit
DRAM control
PRINT control
DRAM
8MB
LSU
HSYNC
VSYNC
To CPU bus
ASIC
Image process section
I/F section
Print control section
ASIC control resistor
PIN
No.
Signal Name IN/OUT
Connected
to
Description
1 cpu_ad7 IN CPU CPU address bus
2 cpu_ad6 IN CPU CPU address bus
3 cpu_ad5 IN CPU CPU address bus
4 cpu_ad4 IN CPU CPU address bus
5 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
Power
6 cpu_ad3 IN CPU CPU address bus
7 cpu_ad2 IN CPU CPU address bus
8 GND(CORE/DC) Power
9 cpu_ad1 IN CPU CPU address bus
10 sgs OUT Tr array IC ADF gate solenoid
control signal "H":ON
11 srrc OUT Tr array IC ADF resist roller clutch
control signal "H":ON
12 spus OUT Tr array IC ADF document feed
solenoid control signal
"H":ON
13 spfs OUT Tr array IC ADF document
transport solenoid
control signal "H":ON
14 mrps1 OUT Tr array IC ADF motor current
control signal
15 mrps2 OUT Tr array IC ADF motor current
control signal
16 ope_latch OUT Tr array IC Operation circuit latch
signal. Data take-in at
"L"
PIN
No.
Signal Name IN/OUT
Connected
to
Description
ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 5
17 op_data OUT Tr array IC Operation circuit data
signal
18 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power
19 op_clk OUT Tr array IC Operation circuit clock
signal
20 vfmcnt OUT Tr array IC Ventilation fan rotation
speed control signal.
"H": High speed, "L":
Low speed
21 GND(AC) Power
22 vfm OUT Tr array IC Ventilation fan control
signal. "H": Fan ON
23 tc OUT Tr array IC Transfer charger
control signal. "H":ON
24 gridl OUT Tr array IC Main charger grid
control signal. "H": L
output
25 mc OUT Tr array IC Main charger control
signal. "H": ON
26 mrps3 OUT Tr array IC ADF motor current
control signal
27 mm_y3 OUT Tr array IC Carriage motor current
control signal
28 bias OUT Tr array IC DV bias control signal.
"H":ON
29 lden OUT Tr array IC Laser circuit control
signal. "H": Laser
circuit ON
30 pmd OUT Tr array IC Polygon motor control
signal. "H": Polygon
motor ON
31 GND(CORE/DC) Power
32 mmd OUT Tr array IC Main motor control
signal. "H": Main motor
ON
33 GND(CORE/DC) Power
34 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
Power
35 mpfs OUT Tr array IC Manual feed solenoid
control signal. "H": ON
36 cpfs2 OUT Tr array IC Second cassette
paper feed solenoid
control signal. "H":ON
37 cpfs1 OUT Tr array IC Cassette paper feed
solenoid control
signal. "H":ON
38 poffr (Not used)
39 rrs OUT Tr array IC Resist roller solenoid
control signal. "H":ON
40 pr OUT Tr array IC Power relay control
signal. "H":ON
41 hl OUT Tr array IC Heater lamp control
signal. "H":ON
42 TMON OUT Tr array IC (Not used)
43 TM_ OUT Buffer IC Toner motor control
signal
44 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power
45 TM OUT Buffer IC Toner motor control
signal
46 miron OUT Buffer IC ADF scanner select
signal
47 GND(AC) Power
48 spfon OUT Buffer IC ADF ON signal
49 mircnt OUT Buffer IC ADF scanner select
signal
50 GND(AC) Power
PIN
No.
Signal Name IN/OUT
Connected
to
Description
51 pcl_s_print (Not used)
52 fax_s_print (Not used)
53 es_s_print (Not used)
54 prareaen (Not used)
55 d_s_ATDI_B (Not used)
56 GND(CORE/DC) Power
57 VCC(CORE/
GND) 3.3V
58 pfclko (Not used)
59 RESET IN ASIC reset signal
60 GND(CORE/DC) Power
61 ATRST IN (Not used)
62 ATCK (Not used)
63 ATMS (Not used)
64 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power
65 ie1284_stb IN I/F board
connector
/STB signal
(IEEE1284
communication port)
66 ie1284_autofd IN I/F board
connector
/AUTOFD signal
(IEEE1284
communication port)
67 ie1284_slctin IN I/F board
connector
/SLCTIN signal
(IEEE1284
communication port)
68 ie1284_init IN I/F board
connector
/INIT signal
(IEEE1284
communication port)
69 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
Power
70 ie1284_slct OUT I/F board
connector
SLCT signal
(IEEE1284
communication port)
71 ie1284_pe OUT I/F board
connector
PE signal (IEEE1284
communication port)
72 GND(CORE/DC) Power
73 ie1284_busy OUT I/F board
connector
BUSY signal
(IEEE1284
communication port)
74 ie1284_ack OUT I/F board
connector
/ACK signal
(IEEE1284
communication port)
75 ie1284_fault OUT I/F board
connector
/FAULT signal
(IEEE1284
communication port)
76 ie1284_rev OUT I/F board
connector
/REV signal
(IEEE1284
communication port)
77 ie1284_parad7 IN/OUT I/F board
connector
DATA bus (IEEE1284
communication port)
78 ie1284_parad6 IN/OUT I/F board
connector
DATA bus (IEEE1284
communication port)
79 ie1284_parad5 IN/OUT I/F board
connector
DATA bus (IEEE1284
communication port)
80 ie1284_parad4 IN/OUT I/F board
connector
DATA bus (IEEE1284
communication port)
81 ie1284_parad3 IN/OUT I/F board
connector
DATA bus (IEEE1284
communication port)
82 VCC(AC) 3.3V
83 ie1284_parad2 IN/OUT I/F board
connector
DATA bus (IEEE1284
communication port)
84 ie1284_parad1 IN/OUT I/F board
connector
DATA bus (IEEE1284
communication port)
85 GND(AC) Power
86 ie1284_parad0 IN/OUT I/F board
connector
DATA bus (IEEE1284
communication port)
PIN
No.
Signal Name IN/OUT
Connected
to
Description
ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 6
87 suspend OUT I/F board
connector
SUSPEND signal
(USB communication
port)
88 vmin IN I/F board
connector
VMIN signal (USB
communication port)
89 vpin IN I/F board
connector
VPIN signal (USB
communication port)
90 rcv IN I/F board
connector
RCV signal (USB
communication port)
91 oen OUT I/F board
connector
OEN signal (USB
communication port)
92 vmout OUT I/F board
connector
VMOUT signal (USB
communication port)
93 vpout OUT I/F board
connector
VPOUT signal (USB
communication port)
94 tm2_15m (Not used)
95 VCC(PLL) 3.3V Power
96 GND(PLL) Power
97 VCC(PLL) 3.3V Power
98 GND(PLL) Power
99 pfclk IN Clock
100 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
Power
101 GND(CORE/DC) Power
102 ram_data0 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
103 ram_data1 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
104 ram_data2 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
105 GND(AC) Power
106 ram_data3 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
107 ram_data4 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
108 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power
109 ram_data5 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
110 ram_data6 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
111 GND(CORE/DC) Power
112 ram_data7 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
113 ram_data15 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
114 ram_data14 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
115 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
Power
116 ram_data13 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
117 ram_data12 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
118 GND(CORE/DC) Power
PIN
No.
Signal Name IN/OUT
Connected
to
Description
119 ram_data11 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
120 ram_data10 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
121 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
122 ram_data9 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
123 ram_data8 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) data bus
124 GND(AC) Power
125 ram_clk OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) CLK signal
126 ram_cke OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) CKE signal
127 xram_wde OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) WDE signal
128 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power
129 GND(CORE/DC) Power
130 xram_cas OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) CAS signal
131 xram_ras OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) RAS signal
132 xram_cs OUT SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) CS signal
133 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
Power
134 ram_banks0 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) BANK signal
135 ram_banks1 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) BANK signal
136 GND(CORE/DC) Power
137 ram_dqm0 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) DQM signal
138 ram_dqm1 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) DQM signal
139 ram_mad12 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
140 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
Power
141 ram_mad11 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
142 ram_mad9 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
143 GND(AC)
144 ram_mad8 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
PIN
No.
Signal Name IN/OUT
Connected
to
Description
ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 7
145 ram_mad7 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
146 VCC(AC)
147 ram_mad6 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
148 ram_mad5 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
149 GND(CORE/DC)
150 ram_mad4 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
151 ram_mad10 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
152 ram_mad0 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
153 VCC(CORE/DC)
154 ram_mad1 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
155 ram_mad2 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
156 ram_mad3 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image
process page
memory) address bus
157 d_s_ATDO_B (Not used)
158 cl OUT Logic IC Copy lamp control
signal
159 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
Power
160 afp_oeb (Not used)
161 ccd_tg OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal
162 GND(CORE/DC) Power
163 afp_vsmp OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal
164 ccdrs OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal
165 ccdcp OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal
166 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power
167 afp_bsmp OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal
168 ccd_ph2 OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal
169 afp_afesdi OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal
170 GND(AC) Power
171 ccd_ph1 OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal
172 VCC(CORE/DC)
173 afp_adcclk OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal
174 afp_afesen OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal
175 GND(CORE/DC) Power
176 afp_afesck OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal
177 mtr_at_home IN CCD PWB Carriage home
position signal
178 VCC(CORE/DC) Power
179 afp_data7 IN CCD PWB Image scan data
180 afp_data6 IN CCD PWB Image scan data
181 afp_data5 IN CCD PWB Image scan data
182 GND(CORE/DC) Power
183 afp_data4 IN CCD PWB Image scan data
184 afp_data3 IN CCD PWB Image scan data
185 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power
186 afp_data2 IN CCD PWB Image scan data
187 afp_data1 IN CCD PWB Image scan data
188 GND(AC) Power
PIN
No.
Signal Name IN/OUT
Connected
to
Description
189 afp_data0 IN CCD PWB Image scan data
190 GND(CORE/DC) Power
191 sfclk IN Clock
192 tm2_24m (Not used)
193 GND(PLL) Power
194 VCC(PLL) 3.3V Power
195 GND(PLL) Power
196 VCC(PLL) 3.3V Power
197 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
Power
198 mtr_y1 OUT Tr array IC Carriage motor current
control signal
199 mtr_phase1 OUT Motor
driver
Carriage motor control
signal
200 GND(CORE/DC) Power
201 mtr_i01 OUT Motor
driver
Carriage motor control
signal
202 mtr_i11 OUT Motor
driver
Carriage motor control
signal
203 mtr_i21 OUT Motor
driver
Carriage motor control
signal
204 mtr_phase2 OUT Motor
driver
Carriage motor control
signal
205 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
Power
206 mtr_i02 OUT Motor
driver
Carriage motor control
signal
207 mtr_i12 OUT Motor
driver
Carriage motor control
signal
208 mtr_i22 OUT Motor
driver
Carriage motor control
signal
209 mtr_y2 OUT Tr array IC Carriage motor current
control signal
210 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power
211 xsync IN LSU Horizontal sync signal
from LSU (/SYNC)
212 xld OUT LSU Laser drive signal
(/VIDEO)
213 GND(AC) Power
214 xlend OUT LSU Laser APC signal
(/LEND)
215 xcpuwr IN CPU CPU write signal
216 xcpurd IN CPU CPU read signal
217 scanstop IN CPU Scan stop signal
218 scanst IN CPU Scan start signal
219 transst IN CPU Data transfer start
signal
220 printst IN CPU Print start signal
221 tmen IN CPU Toner motor clock
enable signal
222 testpin4 (Not used)
223 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
Power
224 testpin3 (Not used)
225 tmclk IN Toner motor clock
signal
226 GND(CORE/DC) Power
227 testpin2 (Not used)
228 testpin1 (Not used)
229 testpin0 (Not used)
230 cpudata15 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
231 cpudata14 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
232 cpudata13 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
233 cpudata12 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
234 cpudata11 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
PIN
No.
Signal Name IN/OUT
Connected
to
Description
ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 8
(3) Reset circuit
This circuit detects ON/OFF of power to control start/stop of each cir-
cuit. The 3.3V voltage of the main PWB is detected by the reset IC to
generate the reset signal.
When the power voltage reaches the specified level, the circuit opera-
tions are started. Before the power voltage falls below the specified
level, the circuit operations are stopped to prevent against malfunc-
tions.
(4) Heater Iamp controI circuit
a. OutIine
The heater lamp control circuit detects the heat roller surface tempera-
ture and converts in into a voltage level. The converted voltage is
inputted to the CPU analog input pin.
The CPU converts the inputted analog voltage into a digital signal level
and compares it with the set value of the simulation to control on/off the
heater lamp according to the level, maintaining the heat roller surface
temperature at a constant level.
The lower the heat roller surface temperature is, the greater the ther-
mistor resistance is, and vise versa.
Therefore, the lower the heat roller surface temperature is, the higher
the thermistor terminal voltage is, and vise versa. The thermistor termi-
nal voltage is inputted to the CPU analog port.
The CPU controls ON/OFF of the heater lamp by this input voltage
level.
[High temperature protect circuit in case of CPU hung up]
For IC120 3pin (reference voltage), +3.3V is divided by the resistor.
The thermistor terminal voltage is inputted to IC120 2pin.
When, the voltage at 2pin becomes lower than the voltage at 3pin
(when the heat roller temperature is about 220 230C), IC120 1pin
becomes HIGH, and the HL signal is lowered to the GND potential
through IC124, stopping generation of the heater lamp ON signal.
(IC120 1pin is normal LOW.)
235 cpudata10 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
236 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power
237 cpudata9 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
238 cpudata8 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
239 GND(CORE/DC) Power
240 cpudata7 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
241 cpudata6 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
242 cpudata5 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
243 cpudata4 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
244 VCC(CORE/DC)
3.3V
Power
245 cpudata3 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
246 cpudata2 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
247 cpudata1 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
248 cpudata0 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus
249 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power
250 xcpucs IN CPU CS signal
251 mem_intr (Not used)
252 GND(AC) Power
253 arb_intr OUT CPU INTR signal
254 cpusync OUT CPU CPU SYNC signal
255 cpu_ad9 IN CPU CPU address bus
256 cpu_ad8 IN CPU CPU address bus
PIN
No.
Signal Name IN/OUT
Connected
to
Description
Reset _OUT (ASIC Reset)
VCC3 VCC3
R114
11kF
C124
0.1u
C125
22000p
R117
10kF
IC104
M51957BFP
NC
8
GND
4
VCC
7
NC
1
IN
2
NC
3
Cd
5
OUT
6
R115
10kJ
CPU

P34

/RES
ASIC
12V VCC3
VCC3 VCC3
12V VCC3
12V
12V
12V
VCC3
5V
FTH
RTH
THOPEN
RTH_IN
(1-A3)
(4-A3)
(5-B2)
(9-C2)
or KIA393F
or KIA393F
or KIA358F
or KDS226 or KDS226
R156
7.5kF
R159
4.3kF
D101
MA700
R155
1MF
R154
1kF
R158
10kF
R157
1kJ
C197
22000p
C199
0.1u
R169
300J
R170
100J
C198
0.1u
D102
DA204K
1
2
3
D103
DA204K
1
2
3
R171
1.2kF
R173
10kF
R172
10kJ
C200
22000p
+
-
IC120A
NJM2903
3
2
1
8
4
C196
0.1u
+
-
IC120B
NJM2903
5
6
7
8
4
+
-
IC122A
LM358
3
2
1
8
4
CPU
AN0
t
1
2
Thermistor
Heat Roller
SW5V
(3-3B) HL
HT EMP HLOUT (10-3A)
/HL
IC205
TD62503F
I1
1
O1
16
I2
2
O2
15
I3
3
I4
4
O3
14
I5
5
O4
13
I6
6
O5
12
I7
7
COM
8
O6
11
O7
10
NC
9
R
2
7
4
2
4
0
J
R
2
8
0
2
4
0
J
Q205
DTA143XKA
OUT
IN
GND
D103
1SS133
A
K
To AC circuit
(Heater lamp
Control)
ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 9
[When the heat roIIer surface temperature is Iower than the set
IeveI]
1) Since the thermistor terminal voltage is higher than the set level,
the HL signal from the CPU becomes HIGH.
2) The HL signal is turned to be the HLOUT signal through IC124 pro-
tect circuit, and inputted to the photo triac coupler on the power
PWB.
3) When the internal triac turns on, a pulse is applied to the gate of the
external triac. Consequently a current flow from the power source
through the heater lamp to the triac, lighting the heater lamp.
[When the heat roIIer surface temperature is higher than the set
IeveI]
1) Since the thermistor terminal voltage becomes lower than the set
value, the HL signal from the CPU becomes LOW.
2) The HL turns LOW, the photo triac coupler on the power PWB turns
OFF, the external triac turns OFF, and the heater lamp turns OFF.
[In case of the thermistor open]
The voltage at IC120 6pin over the voltage at 5pin to drive the output
THOPEN at 7pin to LOW. This is passed to the CPU and the trouble
code "H2" is displayed.
(5) Driver circuit (SoIenoid)
a. OutIine
Since the load signal from the CPU or the ASIC cannot drive the load
directly, it is passed through the driver IC to drive the load.
b. Operation
The driver circuit forms a Darlington circuit with transistors. Therefore a
large drive current is obtained from a small current (ASIC output cur-
rent). When the driver input voltage (base resistance input) is HIGH
(+3.3V), the transistor turns ON to flow a current in the arrow direction,
operating the load. When the driver is ON, the driver output terminal
voltage is 0V.
(6) Toner suppIy motor drive circuit
The IC129 is the motor control IC, which generates the pseudo AC
waveform with the pulse signals (TM, TM-) outputted from ASIC, driv-
ing the toner supply motor.
(7) Main motor drive circuit
The main motor is driven by the MMD signal from ASIC. While the
main motor is rotating, the MMD signal is driven to HIGH and passed
through IC125 to the control circuit in the main motor to rotate the main
motor. When the main motor speed reaches the specified rpm, the
MMLD signal is turned LOW and passed through IC115 to the CPU.
LOAD
+24V
ASIC/CPU
OUT PUT
LOAD
24V
PGND
PGND
PGND
(TM)
(TM_)
TMB_O
TMA_O
(4-D3)
(4-D3)
(9-A1)
(9-A1)
R205
47kJ
R204
47kJ
+
C212
10u/35V
R187
1kJ
R188
1kJ
IC129
BA6920FP
Vcc
17
GND
8
Rin
20
Fin
18
OUT1
9
OUT2
5
VM
16
VREF
21
RNF
6
PSAVE
19
NC
1
NC
2
NC
3
NC
4
NC
7
NC
10
NC
11
NC
12
NC
13
NC
14
NC
15
NC
22
NC
23
NC
24
NC
25
FIN
FIN
C213
0.1u/50V
MMLD

ASIC
Main Motor
Control
Circuit
( Main Motor)
IC201
TD62503F
I1
1
O1
16

I2
2
O2
15

I3
3
I4
4
O3
14

I5
5
O4
13

I6
6
O5
12

I7
7
COM
8
O6
11

O7
10

NC
9
MMD MMD
/MMD

CPU
ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 10
(8) ADF motor drive circuit, Mirror motor controI circuit
Stepping motors are employed for the mirror motor, the ADF motor,
and the duplex motor. The driver for IC127 (for mirror motor) is the
bipolar drive L6219DS, and the driver for IC128 (for ADF) is the uni-
polar drive IC MTD1361F. For control, the ADF outputs the drive signal
from the CPU to the IC, and the mirror outputs the drive signal to the IC
with the ASIC. They drive each motor in 1-2 phase excitement or 2-
phase excitement.
Each motor switches the motor current value in each magnification
ratio.
ADF motor drive circuit
Mirror motor drive circuit
PGND
PGND
PGND
PGND
PGND PGND
24VM
5V
PGND
SPMT_2
(SPMT2)
SPMT_0
SPMT_3
SPMT_1
MRPS_1
MRPS_2
MRPS_3
(SPMT0)
(SPMT3)
(SPMT1)
(5-C2)
(5-C2)
(5-C2)
(4-D2)
(4-D2)
(4-D2)
(4-D2)
(9-D1)
(9-D1)
(9-E1)
(9-E1)
UT
R199
300J
C211 2200p
R191 7.5kJ
C214 2200p
R194 7.5kJ
C218
2200p
C227
OPEN
C216
OPEN
C215 OPEN
C232 OPEN
C222
2200p
R198 2.4kJ
R203 2.4kJ
R195
1kJ
R207
1kJ
C220
0.1u
R200
620J
R201
1.2kJ
R202
100J
R196
750J
+
C219
47u/16V
R197 1J 2W
IC128
MTD1361/F
CrA
23
CrB
20
VsA
25
RsA
3
VrefA
24
VrefB
19
RsB
12
VsB
18
In /A
26
In A
27
In /B
17
In B
16
Vmm
22
OUT /A
1
OUT A
4
OUT /B
14
OUT B
11
PG
15
PG
28
D
1
1
2
O
P
E
N
D
1
1
3
O
P
E
N
D
1
1
4
O
P
E
N
D
1
1
5
O
P
E
N
R206 1J 2W
+
C217
47u/16V
5V
24VM
24V
5V
5V
24VM
PGND
PGND
PGND PGND
24Vdup
PGND
PGND
PGND PGND
PGND
PGND
MM_PH_A
OUT_A-
MM_AI0
MM_PH_B
MM_BI0
MM_BI1
MM_AI1
OUT_A+
OUT_B-
MMref0
MMref1
MMref2
OUT_B+
(8-C3)
(8-C3)
(8-C3)
(8-C3)
(2-A3)
(2-A3)
(2-A3)
(2-A3)
(2-A3)
(2-A3)
(5-C1)
(5-C1)
(5-C1)
CP101
ICP-N38
C202
820p
C203
820p
C204
820p
C207
0.1u
C201
820p
C205
0.1u
+ C206
1u/16V
+ C208
47u/35V
D
1
0
5
O
P
E
N
R180
1.5kJ
R178
0.68J
1W
R182
30kJ
R183
30kJ
R179
1.5kJ
R177
0.68J
1W
R186
510J
R185
1kJ
R184
2kJ
R181
1kJ
IC127
L6219DS
OUT 2A
2
SENSE 2
3
COMP 2
4
OUT 2B
5
GND
6
GND
7
I02
8
I12
9
PHASE 2
10
VREF 2
11
RC 2
12
VSS
13
RC 1
14
VREF 1
15
PHASE 1
16
I11
17
GND
18
GND
19
I01
20
OUT 1B
21
COMP 1
22
SENSE 1
23
VS
24
OUT 1A
1
D
1
0
6
O
P
E
N
D
1
0
7
O
P
E
N
D
1
0
8
O
P
E
N
CP102
ICP-N38
C209
0.1u/50V
C210
0.1u/50V
CP201
0603FA1.5A
CP202
0603FA1.5A
ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 11
(9) Operation circuit
a. GeneraI
The operation circuit is composed of the key matrix circuit and the dis-
play matrix circuit.
b. Key matrix circuit
Select signals SELIN 1 3 are sent from the CPU of the MCU to the
selector in the operation circuit.
The signals detecting OFF/ON of the key are sent to the CPU as KIN 1
2.
c. DispIay circuit
The display is controlled by sending the data signal from the CPU of
the MCU, the clock signals, and the latch signals from the ASIC to the
LED driver in the operation circuit.
The basic circuitry is the same as that of Puma.
(10) I/F circuit
a. GeneraI
The I/F circuit is composed of the USB driver and the IEEE1284 driver,
and performs hard interface with the ASIC (MCU PWB).
b. USB circuit
With the USB driver, the differential signals (analog) of USB are con-
verted into digital signal, which are sent to the ASIC. In the reverse
procedure, interface between the ASIC (engine) and the host is per-
formed.
c. IEEE1284 circuit
The IEEE1284 driver is used to perform interface between the ASIC
(engine) and the host.
(11) Carriage unit
a. GeneraI
The carriage unit is provided with the CCD PWB, the inverter PWB,
and the lamps. It scans documents and transfers AD-converted image
data to the ASIC.
b. CCD PWB
The CCD on the CCD PWB employs the color image sensor uPD8861
of 5400 pixels x 3 lines, and scans documents in the main scanning
direction in the resolution of 600dpi/US letter size.
Image data scanned by the CCD are inputted to the AFE (AD9826),
and subject to CDS, amplification, and AD-conversion. Then digital
data are outputted to the MCU PWB and to the ASIC, which performs
image process of the digital data.
c. Lamp inverter PWB
The transformer is controlled by the lamp control signal from the MCU
PWB. The transformer output controls lighting of the cool cathode ray
tube.
B. DC power circuit
The DC power circuit directly rectifies the AC power and performs
switching-conversion with the DC/DC converter circuit, and rectifies
and smoothes again to generate a DC voltage.
The constant voltage control circuit is of +5VEN. +24V and +12V are of
the non-control system by winding from the +5VEN winding. As shown
in fig (1), +24V, +12V, and +5V are provided with the ON/OFF function
by external signals. +3.3V is outputted from +5VEN to the regulator IC.
Refer to the block diagram, fig (1).
fig (1) Block diagram
USB driver
IC401
USB
connector

D-
D+
OE, RCV, VP, VM
Suspend, VMO
VPO



ASIC
Centronics
connector
IEEE1284
driver

IC403
ASIC
Noise filter
circuit
Rush current
prevention circuit
Rectifying/
smoothing
circuit
Inverter circuit
(Flyback converter system)
Rectifying/
smoothing circuit (Semiconductor switch)
Rectifying/
smoothing circuit
Rectifying/
smoothing circuit
+12V regulator IC
(with ON/OFF function)
Overcurrent
protection circuit
Control
circuit
Constant-voltage
detection circuit
(Semiconductor switch)
+3.3V
regulator IC
ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 12
(1) Noise fiIter circuit
The filter circuit is composed of L and C. It reduces common noises
and normal mode noises generated from the AC line.
The common noise means that generated in each line for GND. Its
noise component is delivered through C001, C003, and C007 to GND.
The normal noise means that overlapped in the AC line or the output
line. It is attenuated by C002, L001, C006, and L002. Refer to fig (2).
fig (2) Noise filter circuit
(2) Rush current prevention circuit and rectifying/
smoothing circuit
fig (3) Rush current prevention, rectifying/smoothing circuit
Since the AC power is directly rectified, if there were not this rush cur-
rent prevention resistor (TH001), an extremely large rush current
would flow due to a charging current flowing through the smoothing
capacitor C010 when turning on the power.
To prevent against this, the rush current prevention resistor TH001 is
provided between the rectifying diode D002 and the smoothing diode
C010, suppressing a rush current.
The rectifying/smoothing circuit rectifies a 50/60Hz AC voltage with the
rectifying circuit, and smoothes it with the smoothing capacitor C010.
(3) Inverter and controI circuit (FIyback converter system)
fig (4) Inverter and control circuit
This circuit is one-stone separate excitation DC-DC converter called
flyback converter, as shown in fig (4).
When an electromotive voltage of IC is applied through D012, R005,
and R006 to IC002, IC002 oscillates to conduct Q001.
As a result, a voltage is applied to the primary winding of the converter
transformer (T001) and at the same time a voltage is generated in the
driving winding of IC002 to operate IC002. Then IC002 turns ON/OFF
Q001 at the frequency of about 70KHz determined by R016.
Under the ON state, the voltage in the secondary winding is reversed
to the diode D103 and no current flows through the secondary winding
of T001.
Under the OFF state, the current flowing through the primary winding is
in the same direction as the primary winding, conducting D103 and
transmitting energy to the secondary winding. Refer to fig (4).
fig (5) Operation waveform of the flyback converter
T001
D103
R
1
0
9
R
1
1
1
P
C
0
0
2
I
C
1
0
2
Q001
R012
R006 R005
R013
C013
R012
AC
8 7 6
IC002
R016
5
1 2 3 4
PC002
C010
secondary
winding
voltage
ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 13
The control circuit is subject to negative feedback from the secondary
side as shown in fig (4). A photo coupler (PC002) is employed to insu-
late between the primary side and the secondary side to feed back the
control signal to the primary side.
When the output voltage is increased by energy transmission from
T001, the voltage detected by R109 and R111 is compared with the
reference voltage of IC102. When it exceeds the reference voltage, the
current flowing through IC102 (that is, the photo diode current of
PC002) is increased and transmitted to the primary side. Then the
potential at the feedback pin (2 pin) of IC102 is decreased to control
Q001. Therefore, the change in the output voltage on the secondary
side is passed through IC102 and PC002 to control Q001, stabilizing
the output voltage.
(4) Overcurrent protection circuit (Primary side)
The inverter circuit of the primary side is connected with the current
detection resistor R102. When an overcurrent occurs in the secondary
side, the current flowing through the primary side inverter Q001 is
increased. The current is detected by R012, and passed through R013
to IC701 overcurrent restricting pin (3 pin) to turn OFF Q002, shutting
off all power. To resupply the power, turn off and on the power. Refer to
fig (4).
(5) Rectifying/smoothing circuit (+5V)
fig (6) Rectifying/smoothing circuit
The high frequency pulse generated by the inverter circuit is
decreased by the converter transformer, rectified by the high frequency
diode D103, and smoothed by C103 and C104.
fig (7) +5V rectifying/smoothing circuit voltage waveform
Voltage waveform
Voltage waveform
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 1
[14] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
M
C
U

P
W
B

(
C
P
U

S
E
C
T
I
O
N
)
1
.

M
C
U

P
W
B
C
1
2
6
4
7
p
12
B
R
1
1
6
3
3
J
1234
8765
R
1
0
7
*
4
2
1
B
R
1
1
9
3
3
J
1234
8765
B R 1 2 2
3 3 J1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
B R 1 2 5
3 3 J
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
R
1
0
3
*
1
2
1
X
1
0
1
H
C
-
4
9
U
/S
1
9
.6
6
0
8
M
H
z
1 2
R
1
0
8
1
0
k
J
2 1
B R 1 2 4
3 3 J
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
R
1
1
4
1
1
k
F
2 1
B
R
1
1
8
3
3
J
1234
8765
R
1
0
4
*
3
2
1
R
1
0
2
*
2
2
1
B R 1 2 3
3 3 J1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
B
R
1
2
0
3
3
J
1234
8765
R
1
0
6
0
J
2 1
C
1
0
4
1
0
0
p
12
C
1
0
6
1
2
p
1
2
C 1 1 4 0 . 1 u
12
C 1 1 5 0 . 1 u
12
C 1 1 1 0 . 1 u
12
C 1 2 2 O P E N
12
C 1 1 9 O P E N
12
C
1
0
5
1
0
0
p
12
C
1
0
9
1
0
u
/1
6
V
12
+
C 1 1 2 0 . 1 u
12
C 1 2 0 O P E N
12
C
1
2
4
0
.1
u
12
C 1 1 0 0 . 1 u
12
C 1 1 7 O P E N
12
C 1 1 3 0 . 1 u
12
C
1
0
3
*
5 1
2
R
1
0
9
O
P
E
N
2 1
C
1
2
5
2
2
0
0
0
p
12
C 1 2 3 O P E N
12
C
1
0
2
*
6
1
2
R
1
1
7
1
0
k
F
2 1
C
1
0
8
0
.1
u
12
C 1 2 1 O P E N
12
R
1
0
5
0
J
2 1
C 1 1 8 O P E N
12
R
1
1
2
1
0
k
J
2
1
B
R
1
1
4
1
0
k
J
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
L
1
0
1
Z
J
S
R
5
1
0
1
-
2
2
3
1
2
3
B
R
1
0
8
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
1
5
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
0
7
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
1
0
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
C
1
2
8
0
.1
u
12
R
1
1
1
1
0
k
J
2
1
B
R
1
1
7
1
0
k
J
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
B
R
1
0
9
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
0
5
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B R 1 0 1 1 0 k J
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
R
1
0
1
O
P
E
N
2 1
IC
1
0
2
2
4
W
C
0
2
o
r
H
T
2
4
L
C
0
2
E
0
1
E
1
2
E
2
3
V
S
S
4
S
D
A
5
S
C
L
6
W
C
7
V
C
C
8
B R 1 0 2 1 0 k J
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
B R 1 0 3 1 0 k J
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
B
R
1
0
6
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
0
4
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
IC
1
0
1
P
2
0
1
0
/P
L
L
7
0
1
-
0
1
X
in
1
X
o
u
t
2
F
S
0
3
V
s
s
4
S
S
o
n
5
M
O
D
O
U
T
6
S
R
0
7
V
D
D
8
B R 1 1 2 1 0 k J
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
R
2
7
1
1
0
k
J
2 1
IC
1
0
3
H
8
S
/2
3
2
0
H
D
6
4
1
2
3
2
0
V
F
2
5
(
H
8
S
/
2
3
2
0
)
P
3
5
/S
C
K
1
6
4
P
3
4
/S
C
K
0
6
3
P
3
3
/R
x
D
1
6
2
P
3
2
/R
x
D
0
6
1
P
3
1
/T
x
D
1
6
0
P
3
0
/T
x
D
0
5
9
V
C
C
5
8
P
D
7
/D
1
5
5
7
P
D
6
/D
1
4
5
6
P
D
5
/D
1
3
5
5
P
D
4
/D
1
2
5
4
V
s
s
5
3
P
D
3
/D
1
1
5
2
P
D
2
/D
1
0
5
1
P
D
1
/D
9
5
0
P
D
0
/D
8
4
9
P
E
7
/D
7
4
8
P
E
6
/D
6
4
7
P
E
5
/D
5
4
6
P
E
4
/D
4
4
5
V
s
s
4
4
P
E
3
/D
3
4
3
P
E
2
/D
2
4
2
P
E
1
/D
1
4
1
P
E
0
/D
0
4
0
V
C
C
3
9
A
V
c
c
1
0
3
V
r
e
f
1
0
4
P
4
0
/A
N
0
1
0
5
P
4
1
/A
N
1
1
0
6
P
4
2
/A
N
2
1
0
7
P
4
3
/A
N
3
1
0
8
P
4
4
/A
N
4
1
0
9
P
4
5
/A
N
5
1
1
0
P
4
6
/A
N
6
/D
A
0
1
1
1
P
4
7
/A
N
7
/D
A
1
1
1
2
A
V
s
s
1
1
3
V
s
s
1
1
4
P
1
7
/P
O
1
5
/T
IO
C
B
2
/T
C
L
K
D
1
1
5
P
1
6
/P
O
1
4
/T
IO
C
A
2
1
1
6
P
1
5
/P
O
1
3
/T
IO
C
B
1
/T
C
L
K
C
1
1
7
P
1
4
/P
O
1
2
/T
IO
C
A
1
1
1
8
P
1
3
/P
O
1
1
/T
IO
C
D
0
/T
C
L
K
B
1
1
9
P
1
2
/P
O
1
0
/T
IO
C
C
0
/T
C
L
K
A
1
2
0
P
1
1
/P
O
9
/T
IO
C
B
0
/D
A
C
K
1
1
2
1
P
1
0
/P
O
8
/T
IO
C
A
0
/D
A
C
K
0
1
2
2
M
D
0
1
2
3
M
D
1
1
2
4
M
D
2
1
2
5
P
G
0
/C
A
S
1
2
6
P
G
1
/C
S
3
1
2
7
P
G
2
/C
S
2
1
2
8
P G 3 / C S 1
1
P G 4 / C S 0
2
V s s
3
N C
4
V C C
5
P C 0 / A 0
6
P C 1 / A 1
7
P C 2 / A 2
8
P C 3 / A 3
9
V s s
1 0
P C 4 / A 4
1 1
P C 5 / A 5
1 2
P C 6 / A 6
1 3
P C 7 / A 7
1 4
P B 0 / A 8
1 5
P B 1 / A 9
1 6
P B 2 / A 1 0
1 7
P B 3 / A 1 1
1 8
V s s
1 9
P B 4 / A 1 2
2 0
P B 5 / A 1 3
2 1
P B 6 / A 1 4
2 2
P B 7 / A 1 5
2 3
P A 0 / A 1 6
2 4
P A 1 / A 1 7
2 5
P A 2 / A 1 8
2 6
P A 3 / A 1 9
2 7
V s s
2 8
P A 4 / A 2 0 / I R Q 4
2 9
P A 5 / A 2 1 / I R Q 5
3 0
P A 6 / A 2 2 / I R Q 6
3 1
P A 7 / A 2 3 / I R Q 7
3 2
P 6 7 / /C S 7 I R Q 3
3 3
P 6 6 / /C S 6 I R Q 2
3 4
V s s
3 5
V s s
3 6
P 6 5 / I R Q 1
3 7
P 6 4 / I R Q 0
3 8
P 5 3 / A D T R G
1 0 2
P 5 2 / S C K 2
1 0 1
V s s
1 0 0
V s s
9 9
P 5 1 / R x D 2
9 8
P 5 0 / T x D 2
9 7
P F 0 / B R E Q
9 6
P F 1 / B A C K
9 5
P F 2 / / W A I T / B R E Q OL C A S
9 4
P F 3 / L W R
9 3
P F 4 / H W R
9 2
P F 5 / R D
9 1
P F 6 / A S
9 0
V C C
8 9
P F 7 / 0
8 8
V s s
8 7
E X T A L
8 6
X T A L
8 5
V C C
8 4
S T B Y
8 3
N M I
8 2
R E S
8 1
W D T O V F
8 0
P 2 0 / P O 0 / T I O C A 3
7 9
P 2 1 / P O 1 / Y I C O B 3
7 8
P 2 2 / P O 2 / T I O C C 3
7 7
P 2 3 / P O 3 / T I O C D 3
7 6
P 2 4 / P O 4 / T I O C A 4
7 5
P 2 5 / P O 5 / T I O C B 4
7 4
P 2 6 / P O 6 / T I O C A 5
7 3
P 2 7 / P O 7 / T I O C B 5
7 2
P 6 3 / T E N D 1
7 1
P 6 2 / D R E Q 1
7 0
P 6 1 / /T E N D 0 C S 5 6 9
V s s
6 8
V s s
6 7
P 6 0 / /D R E Q 0 C S 4
6 6
V s s
6 5
B R 1 2 1
3 3 J
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
IC
1
0
4
M
5
1
9
5
7
B
F
P
N
C
8
G
N
D
4
V
C
C
7
N
C
1
IN
2
N
C
3
C
d
5
O
U
T
6
C
1
0
7
0
.1
u
12
C
1
0
1
0
.1
u
1 2
R
2
7
0
O
P
E
N
2 1
R
1
1
5
1
0
k
J
2 1
R
1
1
8
1
0
k
J
2 1
R
1
1
6
O
P
E
N
2
1
R
2
7
6
3
3
J
2
1
B
R
1
1
1
1
0
k
J
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
R
2
7
7
3
3
J
2
1
R
2
7
8
1
0
0
J
2
1
R
2
8
3
1
0
k
J
2 1
R
2
8
4
1
0
k
J
2 1 R
2
8
5
3
3
J
2
1
R
2
9
1
1
k
J
2
1
D
5
C
P
U
C
L
K
(
N
C
)
D
0
S
P
M
T
1
R
Y
/B
Y
C
C
D
_
T
G
D
7
L
W
R
D
1
2
/C
S
0
/C
S
2
R E S E T O U T
D
4
L
W
R
D
8
D
1
5
/C
S
2
/S
C
A
N
S
P
/T
R
A
N
S
S
T
D
1
0
/C
S
0
D
3
M
T
_
H
O
M
E
(
F
W
)
D
7
S
C
L
/C
S
1
F
A
X
S
T
S
(
N
C
)
/S
C
A
N
S
T
/P
R
IN
T
S
T
D
6
C
P
U
_
S
Y
N
C
/P
R
IN
T
S
T
D
1
3
M
T
_
H
O
M
E
D
5
D
0
C
C
D
_
T
G
A
R
B
_
IN
T
S
D
A
D
1
2
C P U N R S T
D
9
S
P
M
T
0
D
1
1
S
P
M
T
2
/S
C
A
N
S
P
D
1
0
(
F
W
)
S
P
M
T
3
C P U C L K ( N C )
F
A
X
S
T
S
(
N
C
)
D
4
D
2
/T
R
A
N
S
S
T
C
P
U
_
S
Y
N
C
D
1
D
9
S
C
L
D
2
A
R
B
_
IN
T
D
1
4
S
P
M
T
1
S
P
M
T
3
/C
S
1
S
D
A
D
3
F
A
X
C
M
D
(
N
C
)
A
2
0
D
6
D
1
4
/S
C
A
N
S
T
D
8
D
1
D
1
5
S
P
M
T
0
S
P
M
T
2
F
A
X
C
M
D
(
N
C
)
D
1
3
D
1
1
R
Y
/B
Y
A 0
A 5
A 2
A 4
A 1 1
A 1 9
A 1 3
A 3
A 8
A 1 0
A 7
A 1 2
A 1 6
A 1 4
A 1 8
A 1
A 1 5
A 1 7
A 6
A 9
A
2
0
C
P
U
N
R
S
T
R
E
S
E
T
O
U
T
H
W
R
H
W
R
R
D
R
D
R
E
S
E
T
O
U
T
1
R
E
S
E
T
O
U
T
1
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
C
P
U
3
.3
C
P
U
3
.3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
/A
S
IC
_
R
S
T
A
[1
9
..0
]
m
t_
a
t_
h
o
m
e
(
S
IN
1
)
R
Y
/B
Y
R
T
H
S
D
A
T
M
C
L
K
(
P
S
W
)
/C
S
0
/C
S
2
P
O
F
F
D
M
T
3
S
P
M
T
1
D
M
T
0
D
M
T
2
/S
C
A
N
S
T
S
E
L
IN
1
S
E
L
IN
3
C
C
D
_
T
G
/P
R
IN
T
S
T
C
P
U
_
S
Y
N
C
A
R
B
_
IN
T
S
C
L
(
S
IN
3
)
(
K
IN
1
)
D
[1
5
..0
]
(
S
IN
2
)
P
S
L
(
U
S
B
IN
)
T
M
E
N
(
K
IN
2
)
S
P
M
T
0
/C
S
1
P
M
C
L
K
S
P
M
T
2
/M
IR
C
N
T
D
M
T
1
/S
C
A
N
S
P
/T
R
A
N
S
S
T
(
S
P
P
D
)
S
P
M
T
3
S
E
L
IN
2
(
F
W
)
/L
W
R
T
x
D
1
/R
D
/H
W
R
O
N
L
D
_
C
O
N
T
B
E
O
C
P
U
N
R
S
T
/C
L
_
R
E
S
E
T
S
p
r
e
a
d
in
g
R
a
n
g
e
:
+
/-
1
.2
5
%
R
1
0
4
(
*
3
)
O
P
E
N
0
J
R
1
0
3
(
*
1
)
O
P
E
N
6
8
0
J
R
1
0
7
(
*
4
)
2
2
J
O
P
E
N
R
1
0
2
(
*
2
)
0
J
O
P
E
N
C
1
0
3
(
*
5
)
C
1
0
2
(
*
6
)
2
2
p
F
2
2
p
F
1
5
p
F
1
5
p
F
*
R
1
0
2
,
R
1
0
3
,
C
1
0
2
,

a
n
d

C
1
0
3

a
r
e

t
e
m
t
a
t
iv
e
(
3
-
A
2
)
(
2
-
A
2
)
(
2
-
A
2
) (
3
-
A
2
)
(
4
-
C
3
)
(
4
-
C
3
)
(
4
-
C
3
)
(
9
-
B
1
)
(
9
-
B
1
)
(
5
-
E
3
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
2
-
A
2
)
(
2
-
A
2
)
(
2
-
A
2
)
(
2
-
A
2
)
(
4
-
C
2
)
(
4
-
C
2
)
(
4
-
C
2
)
(
4
-
C
2
)
(
8
-
C
3
)
(
8
-
D
3
)
(
2
-
A
1
)
(
3
-
A
2
)
(
3
-
C
2
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
(
2
-
A
1
)
(
3
-
A
3
)
(
2
-
A
1
)
(
4
-
D
4
)
(
8
-
C
2
)
(
7
-
E
1
)
(
2
-
A
1
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
7
-
E
1
)
(
2
-
A
2
)
(
3
-
A
1
)
(
6
-
D
3
)
(
6
-
D
3
)
(
6
-
D
4
)
(
6
-
D
4
)
(
5
-
B
2
)
(
5
-
B
1
)
(
2
-
A
2
)
(
2
-
A
2
)
(
4
-
D
4
)
(
4
-
D
4
)
(
3
-
B
2
)
(
9
-
B
1
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
(
9
-
B
3
)
(
8
-
A
2
)
(
8
-
C
4
)
C
P
U
p
o
r
t s
e
le
c
tio
n
o
f a
/A
S
IC
_
R
S
T
o
u
tp
u
t
P
F
6
3
3
J
m
o
u
n
te
d
o
n
R
1
1
6
a
n
d
R
2
8
5
a
r
e
O
P
E
N
P
3
4
3
3
J
m
o
u
n
te
d
o
n
R
2
8
5
a
n
d
R
1
1
6
a
r
e
O
P
E
N
(
8
-
C
1
)
(
3
-
B
2
)
W
h
e
n

I
C
1
0
1

is
,
m
o
u
n
t
e
d
N
O
T

m
o
u
n
t
e
d
1
/
9
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 2
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
M
C
U

P
W
B

(
A
S
I
C

S
E
C
T
I
O
N
)
2
/
9
L
1
1
0
Z
J
S
R
5
1
0
1
-
2
2
3
1
2
3
C
1
6
4
0
.1
u
12
C 1 6 3
2 2 0 0 0 p
12
C
1
6
5
1
2
p
12
L
1
1
3
Z
J
S
R
5
1
0
1
-
2
2
3
1
2
3
C 1 6 8 0 . 1 u
C 1 6 9
2 2 0 0 0 p
12
12
12
C
1
6
7
1
2
p
C
1
3
9
4
7
u
/1
6
V
12
+
L
1
0
3
Z
J
S
R
5
1
0
1
-
2
2
3
1
2
3
C 1 2 9 0 . 1 u
C 1 3 3 0 . 1 u
C 1 3 1 0 . 1 u
C 1 3 2 0 . 1 u
C 1 3 4 0 . 1 u
C 1 3 5 0 . 1 u
C 1 3 6 0 . 1 u
C 1 3 7 0 . 1 u
C 1 3 8 0 . 1 u
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
121212
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
C 1 4 1 0 . 1 u
C 1 4 4 0 . 1 u
C 1 4 2 0 . 1 u
C 1 4 3 0 . 1 u
C 1 4 0 0 . 1 u
C 1 4 5 0 . 1 u
C 1 4 6 0 . 1 u
C 1 4 7 0 . 1 u
C 1 4 8 0 . 1 u
C 1 4 9 0 . 1 u
C 1 5 0 0 . 1 u
C 1 5 7 0 . 1 u
C 1 5 4 0 . 1 u
C 1 5 9 0 . 1 u
C 1 5 8 0 . 1 u
C 1 5 5 0 . 1 u
C 1 5 1 0 . 1 u
C 1 5 3 0 . 1 u
C 1 5 2 0 . 1 u
C 1 5 6 0 . 1 u
C 1 6 2 0 . 1 u
C 1 6 0 0 . 1 u
C 1 6 1 0 . 1 u
R 1 1 9 3 3 J
2 1
R
1
2
1
3
3
J
2
1
R
1
2
7
1
0
k
J
2
1
R
1
2
8
1
0
k
J
2
1
X
1
0
2
O
S
C
-
1
1
2
4
M
H
z
N
.C
.
1
V
C
C
8
O
U
T
P
U
T
5
G
N
D
4
X
1
0
3
O
S
C
-
1
1
1
3
.9
8
6
7
M
H
z
N
.C
.
1
V
C
C
8
O
U
T
P
U
T
5
G
N
D
4
B
R
1
3
4
3
3
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
4
2
3
3
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
4
3
3
3
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
4
4
3
3
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
4
7
3
3
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
4
9
3
3
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
5
1
3
3
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
3
1
3
3
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
3
2
3
3
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
3
6
3
3
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
3
8
3
3
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
4
0
3
3
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
4
1
3
3
J
1234
8765
B R 1 2 6 3 3 J1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
B R 1 2 7 3 3 J
B R 1 2 8 3 3 J
B R 1 2 9 3 3 J
B R 1 3 0 3 3 J
B
R
1
5
3
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
5
4
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
5
5
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
4
5
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
4
8
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
5
0
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
5
2
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
3
3
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
3
5
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
3
7
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
3
9
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
4
6
1
0
k
J
1234
8765
R
1
2
2
1
0
k
J
R
1
2
9
O
P
E
N
R
1
2
3
1
0
k
J
R
1
3
0
O
P
E
N
R
1
3
1
O
P
E
N
R
1
2
4
1
0
k
J
R
1
3
2
O
P
E
N
R
1
2
5
1
0
k
J
R
1
2
6
1
0
k
J
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 12 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
R
1
3
3
O
P
E
N
R
1
2
0
1
0
0
J
2
1
IC
1
0
7
N
C
7
S
T
0
8
M
5
X
12
4C
1
7
0
0
.1
u
12
C
1
6
6
4
7
p
12
C 1 3 0 0 . 1 u
R
2
5
4
3
3
J
2
1
C
3
1
5
4
7
p
1
2
R
2
5
5
3
3
J
2
1
C
3
1
6
4
7
p
1
2
R
2
5
6
3
3
J
2
1
C
3
1
7
4
7
p
1
2
R
2
5
7
3
3
J
2
1
C
3
1
8
4
7
p
1
2
R
2
5
8
3
3
J
2
1
C
3
1
9
4
7
p
1
2
R
2
5
9
3
3
J
2
1
C
3
2
0
4
7
p
1
2
R
2
6
0
3
3
J
2
1
C
3
2
1
4
7
p 1
2
R
2
6
1
3
3
J
2
1
R
2
6
2
3
3
J
2
1
R
2
6
7
1
0
J
2
1
R
1
8
9
1
0
k
J
2
1
IC
1
0
6
H
G
7
3
C
1
1
9
H
F
J
a
g
u
a
r

A
S
I
C

w
i
t
h
o
u
t

P
C
I
C P U _ A D 61
C P U _ A D 52
C P U _ A D 43
C P U _ A D 34
G N D ( C O R E / D C )8
C P U _ A D 26
C P U _ A D 17
V C C ( C O R E / D C )5
C P U _ A D 09
S G S1 0
S R R C1 1
S P U S1 2
S P P S1 3
M R P S 11 4
M R P S 21 5
O P E _ L A T C H1 6
O P _ D A T A1 7
V C C ( A C )1 8
O P _ C L K1 9
V F M C N T2 0
G N D ( A C )2 1
V F M2 2
T C2 3
G R I D L2 4
M C2 5
M R P S 32 6
Y 32 7
B I A S2 8
L D E N2 9
P M D3 0
G N D ( C O R E / D C )3 1
M M D3 2
V C C ( C O R E / D C )3 4
M P F S3 5
C P F S 23 6
C P F S 13 7
P O F F R3 8
R R S3 9
P R4 0
H L4 1
T M O N4 2
T M _4 3
V C C ( A C )4 4
T M4 5
M I R O N4 6
G N D ( A C )4 7
S P F O N4 8
M I R C N T4 9
P C L _ S _ P R I N T5 1
F A X _ S _ P R I N T5 2
E S _ S _ P R I N T5 3
P R A R E A E N5 4
T D I5 5
V C C ( C O R E / D C )5 7
G N D ( C O R E / D C )5 6
P F C L K 05 8
R E S E T #5 9
G N D ( A C )6 0
T R S T6 1
T C K6 2
T M S6 3
V C C ( A C )6 4
IE
1
2
8
4
_
P
A
R
A
D
0
8
6
IE
1
2
8
4
_
P
A
R
A
D
1
8
4
IE
1
2
8
4
_
P
A
R
A
D
2
8
3
IE
1
2
8
4
_
P
A
R
A
D
3
8
1
V
C
C
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
6
9
IE
1
2
8
4
_
P
A
R
A
D
4
8
0
IE
1
2
8
4
_
P
A
R
A
D
5
7
9
G
N
D
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
7
2
IE
1
2
8
4
_
P
A
R
A
D
6
7
8
IE
1
2
8
4
_
P
A
R
A
D
7
7
7
IE
1
2
8
4
_
R
E
V
#
7
6
IE
1
2
8
4
_
IN
IT
6
8
IE
1
2
8
4
_
S
L
C
T
IN
#
6
7
IE
1
2
8
4
_
A
U
T
O
F
D
#
6
6
IE
1
2
8
4
_
S
T
B
#
6
5
IE
1
2
8
4
_
A
C
K
#
7
4
IE
1
2
8
4
_
B
U
S
Y
7
3
V
C
C
(
A
C
)
8
2
IE
1
2
8
4
_
P
E
7
1
IE
1
2
8
4
_
F
A
U
L
T
#
7
5
G
N
D
(
A
C
)
8
5
IE
1
2
8
4
_
S
L
C
T
7
0
V
P
O
U
T
9
3
V
M
O
U
T
9
2
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
8
7
V
M
IN
8
8
V
P
IN
8
9
R
C
V
9
0
O
E
N
9
1
T
M
2
_
1
5
M
9
4
V
C
C
(
P
L
L
)
9
5
G
N
D
(
P
L
L
)
9
6
V
C
C
(
P
L
L
)
9
7
G
N
D
(
P
L
L
)
9
8
P
F
C
L
K
9
9
V
C
C
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
1
0
0
G
N
D
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
1
0
1
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
0
1
0
2
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
1
1
0
3
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
2
1
0
4
G
N
D
(
A
C
)
1
0
5
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
3
1
0
6
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
4
1
0
7
V
C
C
(
A
C
)
1
0
8
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
5
1
0
9
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
6
1
1
0
G
N
D
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
1
1
1
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
7
1
1
2
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
1
5
1
1
3
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
1
4
1
1
4
V
C
C
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
1
1
5
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
1
3
1
1
6
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
1
2
1
1
7
G
N
D
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
1
1
8
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
1
1
1
1
9
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
1
0
1
2
0
V
C
C
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
1
2
1
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
9
1
2
2
R
A
M
_
D
A
T
A
8
1
2
3
G
N
D
(
A
C
)
1
2
4
R
A
M
_
C
L
K
1
2
5
R
A
M
_
C
K
E
1
2
6
R
A
M
_
W
D
E
#
1
2
7
V
C
C
(
A
C
)
1
2
8
T M 2 _ 2 4 M 1 9 2
S F C L K
1 9 1
G N D ( A C ) 1 9 0
A F P _ D A T A 0 1 8 9
G N D ( A C ) 1 8 8
A F P _ D A T A 1 1 8 7
A F P _ D A T A 2 1 8 6
V C C ( A C ) 1 8 5
A F P _ D A T A 3 1 8 4
A F P _ D A T A 4 1 8 3
G N D ( C O R E / D C ) 1 8 2
A F P _ D A T A 5 1 8 1
A F P _ D A T A 6 1 8 0
A F P _ D A T A 7 1 7 9
V C C ( C O R E / D C ) 1 7 8
M T R _ A T _ H O M E 1 7 7
A F P _ A F E S C K
1 7 6
G N D ( C O R E / D C ) 1 7 5
A F P _ A F E S E N 1 7 4
A F P _ A D C C L K 1 7 3
V C C ( C O R E / D C ) 1 7 2
C C D _ P H 1 1 7 1
G N D ( A C ) 1 7 0
A F P _ A F E S D I
1 6 9
C C D _ P H 2 1 6 8
A F P _ B S M P 1 6 7
V C C ( A C ) 1 6 6
C C D _ P H C L B
1 6 5
C C D _ P H R B 1 6 4
A F P _ V S M P 1 6 3
G N D ( C O R E / D C ) 1 6 2
C C D _ T G
1 6 1
A F P _ O B E 1 6 0
V C C ( C O R E / D C ) 1 5 9
C L
1 5 8
T D O
1 5 7
R A M _ M A D 3 1 5 6
R A M _ M A D 2 1 5 5
R A M _ M A D 1 1 5 4
V C C ( C O R E / D C ) 1 5 3
R A M _ M A D 0 1 5 2
R A M _ M A D 1 0 1 5 1
R A M _ M A D 4 1 5 0
G N D ( C O R E / D C ) 1 4 9
R A M _ M A D 5 1 4 8
R A M _ M A D 6 1 4 7
V C C ( A C ) 1 4 6
R A M _ M A D 7 1 4 5
R A M _ M A D 8 1 4 4
G N D ( A C ) 1 4 3
R A M _ M A D 9 1 4 2
R A M _ M A D 1 1 1 4 1
V C C ( C O R E / D C ) 1 4 0
R A M _ M A D 1 2 1 3 9
R A M _ D Q M 1 1 3 8
R A M _ D Q M 0 1 3 7
G N D ( C O R E / D C ) 1 3 6
R A M _ B A N K 1 1 3 5
R A M _ B A N K 0 1 3 4
V C C ( C O R E / D C ) 1 3 3
R A M _ C S # 1 3 2
R A M _ R A S #
1 3 1
R A M _ C A S # 1 3 0
G N D ( C O R E / D C ) 1 2 9
C
P
U
_
A
D
7
2
5
6
C
P
U
_
A
D
8
2
5
5
C
P
U
_
S
Y
N
C
#
2
5
4
A
R
B
_
IN
T
R
2
5
3
G
N
D
(
A
C
)
2
5
2
M
E
M
_
IN
T
R
2
5
1
C
P
U
C
S
#
2
5
0
V
C
C
(
A
C
)
2
4
9
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
0
2
4
8
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
1
2
4
7
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
2
2
4
6
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
3
2
4
5
V
C
C
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
2
4
4
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
4
2
4
3
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
5
2
4
2
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
6
2
4
1
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
7
2
4
0
G
N
D
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
2
3
9
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
8
2
3
8
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
9
2
3
7
V
C
C
(
A
C
)
2
3
6
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
1
0
2
3
5
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
1
1
2
3
4
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
1
2
2
3
3
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
1
3
2
3
2
S
C
A
N
S
P
2
1
7
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
1
4
2
3
1
C
P
U
_
D
A
T
A
1
5
2
3
0
T
M
C
L
K
2
2
5
T
M
E
N
2
2
1
G
N
D
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
2
2
6
P
R
IN
T
S
T
#
2
2
0
T
R
A
N
S
S
T
#
2
1
9
V
C
C
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
2
2
3
S
C
A
N
S
T
#
2
1
8
C
P
U
R
D
#
2
1
6
C
P
U
W
R
#
2
1
5
T
E
S
T
P
IN
0
2
2
9
T
E
S
T
P
IN
1
2
2
8
T
E
S
T
P
IN
2
2
2
7
T
E
S
T
P
IN
3
2
2
4
T
E
S
T
P
IN
4
2
2
2
L
E
N
D
#
2
1
4
G
N
D
(
A
C
)
2
1
3
L
D
#
2
1
2
S
Y
N
C
#
2
1
1
V
C
C
(
A
C
)
2
1
0
M
T
R
_
Y
2
2
0
9
M
T
R
_
I2
2
2
0
8
M
T
R
_
I1
2
2
0
7
M
T
R
_
I0
2
2
0
6
V
C
C
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
2
0
5
M
T
R
_
P
H
A
S
E
2
2
0
4
M
T
R
_
I2
1
2
0
3
M
T
R
_
I1
1
2
0
2
M
T
R
_
I0
1
2
0
1
G
N
D
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
2
0
0
M
T
R
_
P
H
A
S
E
1
1
9
9
M
T
R
_
Y
1
1
9
8
V
C
C
(
C
O
R
E
/D
C
)
1
9
7
G
N
D
(
P
L
L
)
1
9
5
V
C
C
(
P
L
L
)
1
9
6
G
N
D
(
P
L
L
)
1
9
3
V
C
C
(
P
L
L
)
1
9
4
G N D ( C O R E / D C )3 3
G N D ( C O R E / D C )5 0
R
2
7
9
O
P
E
N
R
2
8
0
O
P
E
N
2 1
A 6
A 5
A 4
A 3
A 2
A 1
A
9
A
8
D
1
5
D
1
3
D
1
2
D
1
1
D
1
0
D
9
D
8
D
7
D
6
D
5
D
4
D
3
D
2
D
1
D
0
A
C
K
B
U
S
Y
P
E
S
L
C
T
IN
IT
S
L
C
T
IN
A
U
T
O
F
D
S
T
B
P
A
R
A
D
7
P
A
R
A
D
6
P
A
R
A
D
5
P
A
R
A
D
4
P
A
R
A
D
3
P
A
R
A
D
2
P
A
R
A
D
1
P
A
R
A
D
0
R
E
V
IN
IT
S
L
C
T
IN
A
U
T
O
F
D
S
T
B
A
C
K
B
U
S
Y
P
E
F
A
U
L
T
S
L
C
T
F
A
U
L
T
R
E
V
P
A
R
A
D
7
P
A
R
A
D
6
P
A
R
A
D
5
P
A
R
A
D
4
P
A
R
A
D
3
P
A
R
A
D
2
P
A
R
A
D
1
P
A
R
A
D
0
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
V
M
IN
R
A
M
D
B
0
R
A
M
D
B
1
R
A
M
D
B
2
R
A
M
D
B
3
R
A
M
D
B
4
R
A
M
D
B
5
R
A
M
D
B
6
R
A
M
D
B
7
R
A
M
D
B
1
5
R
A
M
D
B
1
4
R
A
M
D
B
1
3
R
A
M
D
B
1
2
R
A
M
D
B
1
1
R
A
M
D
B
1
0
R
A
M
D
B
9
R
A
M
D
B
8
R
A
M
D
B
0
R
A
M
D
B
1
R
A
M
D
B
2
R
A
M
D
B
3
R
A
M
D
B
4
R
A
M
D
B
5
R
A
M
D
B
6
R
A
M
D
B
7
R
A
M
D
B
1
5
R
A
M
D
B
1
4
R
A
M
D
B
1
3
R
A
M
D
B
1
2
R
A
M
D
B
1
1
R
A
M
D
B
1
0
R
A
M
D
B
9
R
A
M
D
B
8
M A D 1 2
M A D 1 1
M A D 9
M A D 8
M A D 7
M A D 6
M A D 5
M A D 4
M A D 1 0
M A D 0
M A D 1
M A D 2
M A D 3
P O F F R
T M O N
A
F
E
_
D
B
0
A
F
E
_
D
B
7
A
F
E
_
D
B
6
A
F
E
_
D
B
5
A
F
E
_
D
B
4
A
F
E
_
D
B
3
A
F
E
_
D
B
2
A
F
E
_
D
B
1
V
P
O
U
T
V
M
O
U
T
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
V
M
IN
V
P
IN
R
C
V
V
P
IN
R
C
V
V
M
O
U
T
V
P
O
U
T
M
M
_
A
I0
M
M
_
A
I1
M
M
_
A
I2
M
M
_
B
I0
M
M
_
B
I1
M
M
_
B
I2
D
1
4
E S _ S _ P R T
F A X _ S _ P R T
P C L _ S _ P R T
E
S
_
S
_
P
R
T
F
A
X
_
S
_
P
R
T
P
C
L
_
S
_
P
R
T
A 7
M
M
_
A
I0
M
M
_
A
I2
M
M
_
A
I1
M
M
_
B
I0
M
M
_
B
I1
M
M
_
B
I2
P
O
F
F
R
T
S
P
0
T
S
P
1
T
S
P
2
T
S
P
3
T
S
P
4
T
S
P
0
T
S
P
1
T
S
P
2
T
S
P
3
T
S
P
4
T
M
O
N
V
C
C
3
G
3
.3
V
G
3
.3
V
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
5
V
5
V
/L
W
R
J
T
G
_
T
D
O
M
A
D
[1
2
..0
]
D
Q
M
1
D
Q
M
0
B
A
N
K
1
B
A
N
K
0
/S
D
C
S
/S
D
R
A
S
/S
D
C
A
S
C
L
C
C
D
_
T
G
V
S
A
M
P
C
C
D
_
R
S
C
C
D
_
C
P
B
S
A
M
P
C
C
D
_
P
H
I2
A
F
E
_
S
D
I
C
C
D
_
P
H
I1
A
D
C
L
K
A
F
E
_
S
E
N
A
F
E
_
S
C
K
m
t_
a
t_
h
o
m
e
A
F
E
_
D
B
[7
..0
]
M
M
_
Y
1
M
M
_
P
H
_
A
M
M
_
A
I0
M
M
_
A
I1
M
M
_
P
H
_
B
M
M
_
B
I0
M
M
_
B
I1
M
M
_
Y
2
/L
E
N
D
/R
D
/S
C
A
N
S
P
/S
C
A
N
S
T
/T
R
A
N
S
S
T
/P
R
IN
T
S
T
T
M
E
N
T
M
C
L
K
/C
S
2
A
R
B
_
IN
T
C
P
U
_
S
Y
N
C
A
[1
9
..0
]
S G S
/R
E
V
/IN
IT
J
T
G
_
T
M
S
J
T
G
_
T
C
K
C
P
U
N
R
S
T
/A
S
IC
_
R
S
T
J
T
G
_
T
D
I
/A
C
K
B
U
S
Y
P
E
/F
A
U
L
T
S
L
C
T
V
P
O
U
T
V
M
O
U
T
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
O
E
N
R
C
V
/S
L
C
T
IN
/A
U
T
O
F
D
/S
T
B
V
M
IN
V
P
IN
/S
D
W
D
E
S
D
C
K
E
S
D
C
L
K
S R R C
S P U S
S P F S
M R P S 1
O P _ L A T C H
O P _ D A T A
V F M C N T
M R P S 2
V F M
T C
G R I D L
M C
M R P S 3
B I A S
L D E N
M M _ Y 3
P M D
M M D
R R S
H L
P R
C P F S 1
M P F S
C P F S 2
T M _
S P F O N
T M
M I R O N
M I R C N T
O P _ C L K
D
[1
5
..0
]
P
A
R
A
D
[7
..0
]
R
A
M
D
B
[1
5
..0
]
(
/S
Y
N
C
)
/V
ID
E
O
(
8
-
C
1
)
(
1
-
D
2
)
,(
8
-
D
2
)
(
8
-
D
2
)
(
8
-
D
2
)
(
8
-
D
2
)
(
8
-
D
2
)
(
8
-
D
2
)
(
8
-
D
2
)
(
8
-
E
2
)
(
8
-
E
2
)
(
8
-
E
2
)
(
8
-
E
2
)
(
8
-
C
2
)
(
8
-
D
2
)
(
5
-
B
1
)
(
5
-
B
1
)
(
6
-
B
3
)
(
6
-
B
3
)
(
6
-
B
3
)
(
6
-
C
3
)
(
6
-
C
3
)
(
6
-
C
3
)
(
4
-
D
4
)
(
9
-
A
2
)
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
1
-
B
3
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
1
-
D
2
)
(
5
-
B
1
)
(
1
-
B
3
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
1
-
D
2
)
(
1
-
D
2
)
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
1
-
C
1
)
( 5 - A 2 )
( 5 - A 2 )
( 5 - A 2 )
( 5 - A 2 )
( 5 - B 2 )
( 5 - B 2 )
( 5 - B 3 )
( 5 - B 3 )
( 5 - B 4 )
( 5 - B 4 )
( 5 - B 4 )
( 5 - B 2 )
( 5 - B 1 )
( 4 - C 3 )
( 4 - C 3 )
( 4 - C 3 )
( 4 - C 3 )
( 4 - C 3 )
( 4 - C 2 )
( 4 - C 2 )
( 4 - C 2 )
( 5 - B 4 )
( 5 - B 2 )
( 5 - B 1 )
( 5 - B 1 )
( 5 - B 2 )
( 5 - B 3 )
( 5 - B 3 )
( 5 - B 3 )
( 5 - B 3 )
( 5 - B 3 )
(
1
-
B
1
)
(
9
-
B
2
)
(
9
-
B
2
)
(
9
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
A
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
8
-
B
1
)
(
8
-
B
1
)
(
8
-
B
1
)
(
8
-
B
1
)
(
3
-
E
3
)
(
3
-
E
2
)
(
3
-
E
2
)
(
3
-
E
2
)
(
3
-
E
1
)
(
3
-
D
2
)
(
3
-
D
2
)
(
3
-
D
2
)
(
3
-
D
2
)
(
3
-
D
2
)
(
3
-
D
2
)
(
3
-
D
2
)
(
9
-
B
2
)
(
1
-
B
1
)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 3
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
M
C
U

P
W
B

(
M
E
M
O
R
Y

S
E
C
T
I
O
N
)
3
/
9
R
1
3
8
O
P
E
N
2
1
C
1
7
4
2
2
u
/1
6
V
12
+
C
1
7
6
0
.1
u
12
R
1
3
7
1
0
k
J
2 1
C
1
7
7
0
.1
u
12
C
1
7
8
0
.1
u
12
C
1
7
9
0
.1
u
12
C
1
8
0
0
.1
u
12
C
1
8
1
0
.1
u
12
C
1
8
2
0
.1
u
12
C
1
8
3
0
.1
u
12
IC
1
1
0
S
D
R
A
M
(
1
6
b
it x
4
b
a
n
k
)
A
0
2
3
A
1
2
4
A
2
2
5
A
3
2
6
A
4
2
9
A
5
3
0
A
6
3
1
A
7
3
2
A
8
3
3
A
9
3
4
A
1
0
2
2
B
A
0
2
0
D
Q
0
2
D
Q
1
4
D
Q
2
5
D
Q
3
7
D
Q
4
8
D
Q
5
1
0
D
Q
6
1
1
D
Q
7
1
3
D
Q
8
4
2
D
Q
9
4
4
D
Q
1
0
4
5
D
Q
1
1
4
7
D
Q
1
2
4
8
D
Q
1
3
5
0
D
Q
1
4
5
1
D
Q
1
5
5
3
V
C
C
1
V
C
C
2
7
V
S
S
5
4
V
S
S
2
8
V
C
C
Q
9
V
S
S
4
1
V
C
C
Q
4
3
V
C
C
Q
4
9
V
S
S
Q
6
V
S
S
Q
1
2
V
S
S
Q
4
6
V
S
S
Q
5
2
L
D
Q
M
1
5
U
D
Q
M
3
9
W
E
1
6
C
A
S
1
7
R
A
S
1
8
C
S
1
9
C
L
K
E
3
7
C
L
K
3
8
N
C
4
0
N
C
3
6
V
C
C
Q
3
V
C
C
1
4
B
A
1
2
1
A
1
1
3
5
R
1
3
9
O
P
E
N
2
1
C
1
7
3
0
.1
u
12
R
2
6
9
1
0
k
J
2
1
IC
1
1
2
W
2
4
L
0
1
0
A I/O
0
1
3
A
0
1
2
I/O
1
1
4
A
1
1
1
I/O
2
1
5
A
2
1
0
I/O
3
1
7
A
3
9
I/O
4
1
8
A
4
8
I/O
5
1
9
A
5
7
I/O
6
2
0
A
6
6
I/O
7
2
1
A
7
5
A
8
2
7
A
9
2
6
A
1
0
2
3
A
1
1
2
5
A
1
2
4
A
1
3
2
8
A
1
4
3
C
S
1
2
2
O
E
2
4
W
E
2
9
V
D
D
3
2
G
N
D
1
6
C
S
2
3
0
A
1
5
3
1
A
1
6
2
N
C
1
C
3
2
6
O
P
E
N
12
C
3
2
7
O
P
E
N
12
C
3
2
4
O
P
E
N
12
C
3
2
5
O
P
E
N
12
R 2 8 7 0 J
2 1
R 2 8 6 1 0 k J
2 1
IC
1
1
1
L
H
2
8
F
4
0
0
B
V
E
A
0
2
5
A
1
2
4
A
2
2
3
A
3
2
2
A
4
2
1
A
5
2
0
A
6
1
9
A
7
1
8
A
8
8
A
9
7
A
1
0
6
A
1
1
5
A
1
2
4
A
1
3
3
A
1
4
2
A
1
5
1
A
1
6
4
8
A
1
7
1
7
D
Q
0
2
9
D
Q
1
3
1
D
Q
2
3
3
D
Q
3
3
5
D
Q
4
3
8
D
Q
5
4
0
D
Q
6
4
2
D
Q
7
4
4
D
Q
8
3
0
D
Q
9
3
2
D
Q
1
0
3
4
D
Q
1
1
3
6
D
Q
1
2
3
9
D
Q
1
3
4
1
D
Q
1
4
4
3
D
Q
1
5
4
5
N
C
9
N
C
1
0
N
C
1
6
G
N
D
4
6
G
N
D
2
7
V
C
C
3
7
V
P
P
1
3
B
Y
T
E
4
7
O
E
2
8
C
E
2
6
W
E
1
1
R
P
1
2
W
P
1
4
R
Y
/B
Y
1
5
R 2 8 8
O P E N
2 1
R 2 8 9
O P E N
2 1
R
A
M
D
B
0
R
A
M
D
B
9
R
A
M
D
B
1
0
R
A
M
D
B
1
1
R
A
M
D
B
1
2
R
A
M
D
B
1
3
R
A
M
D
B
1
4
R
A
M
D
B
1
5
R
A
M
D
B
7
R
A
M
D
B
8
R
A
M
D
B
3
R
A
M
D
B
1
R
A
M
D
B
5
R
A
M
D
B
6
R
A
M
D
B
2
R
A
M
D
B
4
M
A
D
8
M
A
D
9
M
A
D
4
M
A
D
5
M
A
D
1
1
M
A
D
1
M
A
D
0
M
A
D
1
0
M
A
D
7
M
A
D
1
2
A
1
7
A
1
R
D
Z
M
A
D
3
M
A
D
2
M
A
D
6
C
S
1
Z
R
D
Z
H
W
R
Z
A
5
A
4
A
2
A
7
A
1
A
6
A
8
A
1
9
A
2
A
8
A
1
2
A
4
A
3
A
1
1
A
3
A
1
6
A
1
A
1
3
A
1
2
A
1
1
A
1
5
A
1
0
A
1
4
A
1
0
A
9
A
6
A
7
A
1
7
A
1
4
A
1
5
A
1
3
A
5
A
1
8
A
9
A
1
6
A
0
H
W
R
Z
D
1
2
D
1
2
D
1
D
8
D
4
D
6
D
9
D
1
1
D
1
4
D
1
5
D
1
1
D
7
D
3
D
8
D
5
D
1
0
D
1
0
D
2
D
1
4
D
9
D
1
3
D
0
D
1
3
D
1
5
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
/C
S
0
M
A
D
[1
2
..0
]
B
A
N
K
0
B
A
N
K
1
/S
D
C
S
/S
D
W
D
E
/S
D
C
A
S
/S
D
R
A
S
D
Q
M
0
D
Q
M
1
S
D
C
L
K
S
D
C
K
E
D
[1
5
..0
]
R
A
M
D
B
[1
5
..0
]
/C
S
1
/R
D
/H
W
R
A
[1
9
..0
]
R
Y
/B
Y
C
P
U
N
R
S
T
(
1
-
C
1
)
(
1
-
D
2
)
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
2
-
D
3
)
(
2
-
D
3
)
(
2
-
D
3
)
(
2
-
D
3
)
(
2
-
D
4
)
(
2
-
D
4
)
(
2
-
D
4
)
(
2
-
D
4
)
(
2
-
D
4
)
(
2
-
D
4
)
(
2
-
D
4
)
(
2
-
D
4
)
1
2
/
1
3
/
1
4

C
P
M
M
o
d
e
l
6
4
M
b
(
1
M
x
1
6
b
it
x
4
b
a
n
k
)
S
D
R
A
M
V
e
n
d
o
r
/
T
y
p
e
H
Y
5
7
V
6
4
1
6
2
0
H
G
T
-
P
(
H
y
n
d
a
i)

M
T
4
8
L
C
4
M
1
6
A
2
T
G
-
7
5
(
M
ic
r
o
n
)

K
4
S
6
4
1
6
3
2
F
-
T
C
7
5
(
S
a
m
s
u
n
g
)

W
9
8
6
4
1
6
D
H
-
7
(
W
in
b
o
n
d
)
1
5
C
P
M
1
2
8
M
b
(
2
M
x
1
6
b
it
x
4
b
a
n
k
)
M
T
4
8
L
C
8
M
1
6
A
2
T
G
-
7
5
(
M
ic
r
o
n
)

H
Y
5
7
V
2
8
1
6
2
0
A
T
(
H
y
n
d
a
i)

K
4
S
2
8
1
6
3
2
D
-
T
C
7
5
(
S
a
m
s
u
n
g
)

W
9
8
1
2
1
6
B
H
-
7
5
(
W
in
b
o
n
d
)
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
1
-
B
3
)
(
1
-
B
3
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
1
-
B
1
)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 4
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
M
C
U

P
W
B

(
D
R
I
V
E
R

S
E
C
T
I
O
N

1
)
4
/
9
C
1
8
4
0
.
1
u
C
1
9
5
0
.
1
u
12
C 1 8 9 0 . 1 u
2 1
2 1
2 1
C 1 9 0 1 0 0 p
C 1 9 1 1 0 0 p
C 1 9 2 1 0 0 p
R
1
4
6
1
0
k
J
2 1
R
1
4
7
1
0
k
J
B
R
1
5
6
1
0
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
5
7
1
0
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
5
8
1
0
J
1234
8765
B
R
1
5
9
1
0
k
J
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
I
C
1
1
8
7
4
L
C
X
2
4
4
1
A
1
2
1
A
2
4
1
A
3
6
1
A
4
8
2
A
1
1
1
2
A
2
1
3
2
A
3
1
5
2
A
4
1
7
1
G
1
2
G
1
9
1
Y
1
1
8
1
Y
2
1
6
1
Y
3
1
4
1
Y
4
1
2
2
Y
1
9
2
Y
2
7
2
Y
3
5
2
Y
4
3
V
C
C
2
0
G
N
D
1
0
I
C
1
1
6
7
4
V
H
C
T
2
4
4
1
A
1
2
1
A
2
4
1
A
3
6
1
A
4
8
2
A
1
1
1
2
A
2
1
3
2
A
3
1
5
2
A
4
1
7
1
G
1
2
G
1
9
1
Y
1
1
8
1
Y
2
1
6
1
Y
3
1
4
1
Y
4
1
2
2
Y
1
9
2
Y
2
7
2
Y
3
5
2
Y
4
3
V
C
C
2
0
G
N
D
1
0
C
1
8
5
0
.
1
u
2 1
R
1
4
4
1
0
J
2
1
C
1
8
6
3
3
p
C
1
8
7
0
.
1
u
R
1
4
5
1
0
J
2
1
C
1
8
8
3
3
p
C
1
9
3
0
.
1
u
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2 1
R
1
4
9
1
0
J
2
1
C
1
9
4
3
3
p
R
1
4
8
1
0
k
J
I
C
1
1
4
7
4
H
C
1
5
1
D
0
4
D
1
3
D
2
2
D
3
1
D
4
1
5
D
5
1
4
D
6
1
3
D
7
1
2
A
1
1
B
1
0
C
9
G
7
W
6
Y
5
V
C
C
1
6
G
N
D
8
I
C
1
1
3
7
4
L
C
X
2
4
4
1
A
1
2
1
A
2
4
1
A
3
6
1
A
4
8
2
A
1
1
1
2
A
2
1
3
2
A
3
1
5
2
A
4
1
7
1
G
1
2
G
1
9
1
Y
1
1
8
1
Y
2
1
6
1
Y
3
1
4
1
Y
4
1
2
2
Y
1
9
2
Y
2
7
2
Y
3
5
2
Y
4
3
V
C
C
2
0
G
N
D
1
0
R
1
4
1
1
0
k
J
R
1
4
0
1
0
k
J
1212
12
12
12
I
C
1
1
5
7
4
H
C
1
5
1
D
0
4
D
1
3
D
2
2
D
3
1
D
4
1
5
D
5
1
4
D
6
1
3
D
7
1
2
A
1
1
B
1
0
C
9
G
7
W
6
Y
5
V
C
C
1
6
G
N
D
8
I
C
1
1
7
7
4
H
C
1
5
1
D
0
4
D
1
3
D
2
2
D
3
1
D
4
1
5
D
5
1
4
D
6
1
3
D
7
1
2
A
1
1
B
1
0
C
9
G
7
W
6
Y
5
V
C
C
1
6
G
N
D
8
R
2
6
3
1
0
k
J
R
2
6
6
1
0
k
J
5
V
V
C
C
3V
C
C
3
5
V
5
V
5
V
5
V
V
C
C
3
5
V
5
V
(
K
I
N
1
)
(
K
I
N
2
)
(
F
W
)
(
S
I
N
1
)
(
S
I
N
2
)
(
S
I
N
3
)
(
S
E
L
I
N
1
)
(
S
E
L
I
N
2
)
(
S
E
L
I
N
3
)
(
O
P
_
C
L
K
)
(
O
P
_
D
A
T
A
)
(
O
P
_
L
A
T
C
H
)
(
S
P
M
T
0
)
U
S
B
I
N
S
I
N
1
S
I
N
2
S
I
N
3
K
I
N
1
K
I
N
2
S
E
L
I
N
1
S
E
L
I
N
2
S
E
L
I
N
3
O
P
_
C
L
K
O
P
_
D
A
T
A
O
P
_
L
A
T
C
H
M
I
R
C
N
T
S
P
M
T
0
S
P
M
T
1
S
P
M
T
3
M
I
R
O
N
S
P
F
O
N
(
S
P
M
T
1
)
(
S
P
M
T
2
)
(
S
P
M
T
3
)
T
M
T
M
_
(
T
M
)
(
T
M
_
)
S
I
N
1
S
I
N
2
S
I
N
3
(
S
E
L
I
N
1
)
(
S
E
L
I
N
2
)
(
S
E
L
I
N
3
)
(
P
P
D
1
)
(
P
O
D
)
(
M
F
D
)
(
C
E
D
1
)
(
T
C
S
)
(
P
M
R
D
Y
)
D
V
S
1
(
D
R
S
T
)
(
P
P
D
2
)
(
P
P
D
3
)
T
H
O
P
E
N
(
C
E
D
2
)
D
S
W
S
(
M
M
L
D
)
(
S
D
S
W
)
(
S
P
I
D
)
(
S
B
4
D
)
(
S
D
O
D
)
G
D
I
I
N
F
W
/
S
Y
N
C
(
/
S
Y
N
C
)
S
P
M
T
2
/
M
I
R
C
N
T
(
U
S
B
I
N
)
F
o
r

S
P
F
/
D
S
P
F

M
o
d
e
l
O
n
ly
(
7
-
E
1
)
(
7
-
E
2
)
(
7
-
E
3
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
7
-
E
1
)
(
7
-
E
2
)
(
7
-
E
3
)
(
7
-
E
4
)
(
7
-
E
4
)
(
7
-
E
4
)
(
7
-
E
3
)
(
7
-
E
4
)
(
7
-
E
3
)
(
7
-
E
1
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
7
-
C
4
)
(
5
-
E
2
)
(
8
-
B
1
)
(
7
-
E
4
)
(
9
-
D
4
)
(
7
-
E
4
)
(
4
-
C
4
)
(
4
-
C
4
)
(
4
-
C
4
)
(
8
-
C
4
)
(
8
-
C
4
)
(
8
-
A
3
)
(
9
-
A
2
)
(
4
-
B
3
)
(
4
-
B
3
)
(
4
-
B
2
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
1
-
D
2
)
(
1
-
A
3
)
(
1
-
A
3
)
(
1
-
A
3
)
(
2
-
A
2
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
B
1
)
(
2
-
B
1
)
(
2
-
B
1
)
(
1
-
B
3
)
(
1
-
B
3
)
(
1
-
B
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
8
-
D
3
)
(
8
-
D
3
)
(
8
-
D
3
)
(
8
-
D
3
)
(
8
-
D
3
)
(
8
-
D
3
)
(
6
-
D
2
)
(
6
-
D
2
)
(
6
-
B
1
)
(
6
-
B
1
)
(
6
-
B
1
)
(
6
-
B
1
)
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 5
F
o
r
S
P
F
/D
S
P
F
M
o
d
e
l O
n
ly
(
2
-
B
1
)
(
2
-
B
1
)
(
2
-
B
1
)
(
2
-
B
1
)
(
9
-
E
1
)
(
9
-
E
1
)
(
9
-
E
1
)
(
9
-
E
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
8
-
A
4
)
(
8
-
A
4
)
(
8
-
B
4
)
(
8
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
B
1
)
(
8
-
A
3
)
(
9
-
A
3
)
(
9
-
A
3
)
(
9
-
B
3
)
(
9
-
D
3
)
(
9
-
C
1
)
(
9
-
C
2
)
(
9
-
A
2
)
(
9
-
A
2
)
(
6
-
A
1
)
(
6
-
A
1
)
(
6
-
A
1
)
(
5
-
E
3
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
B
1
)
(
2
-
B
1
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
8
-
B
3
)
(
8
-
B
4
)
(
9
-
A
2
)
(
9
-
A
2
)
(
9
-
A
4
)
(
6
-
A
3
)
(
6
-
A
3
)
(
6
-
A
3
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
C
1
)
(
2
-
A
2
)
(
2
-
A
2
)
(
2
-
A
3
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
1
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
5
-
B
2
)
(
9
-
C
2
)
o
r
K
ID
6
5
0
0
1
A
F
o
r
K
ID
6
5
0
0
1
A
F
o
r
K
ID
6
5
5
0
3
F
o
r
K
ID
6
5
5
0
3
F
o
r
K
T
A
1
5
0
5
S
o
r
K
R
A
1
1
9
S
o
r
K
R
C
1
0
6
S
o
r
K
IA
3
9
3
F
o
r
K
IA
3
9
3
F
o
r
K
IA
3
5
8
F
o
r
K
IA
3
5
8
F
o
r
K
D
S
2
2
6
o
r
K
D
S
2
2
6
2 12 1
1
2
2 1
2 12 1
2 1
12
12
2
1
2
1
12
1 2
3
1 2
3
2 12 1
2 112
12
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2 1
2 1
32
1
84
12
56
7
84
32
1
84
56
7
84
1
B
1
2
B
2
3
B
3
4
B
4
5
B
5
6
B
6
7
B
7
E
8
C
O
M
9
1
C
1
6
2
C
1
5
3
C
1
4
4
C
1
3
5
C
1
2
6
C
1
1
7
C
1
0
I1
3
N
C
4
N
C
5
I2
6
N
C
1
0
I3
1
1
N
C
1
2
N
C
1
3
G
N
D
1
7
O
1
2
O
2
7
O
3
9
O
4
1
6
C
O
M
1
C
O
M
8
G
N
D
1
8
I4
1
4
N
C
1
5
1
B
1
2
B
2
3
B
3
4
B
4
5
B
5
6
B
6
7
B
7
G
8
N
C
9
1
C
1
6
2
C
1
5
3
C
1
4
4
C
1
3
5
C
1
2
6
C
1
1
7
C
1
0
1
B
1
2
B
2
3
B
3
4
B
4
5
B
5
6
B
6
7
B
7
G
8
N
C
9
1
C
1
6
2
C
1
5
3
C
1
4
4
C
1
3
5
C
1
2
6
C
1
1
7
C
1
0
1
2
3
1
2
3
2 1
1
B
1
2
B
2
3
B
3
4
B
4
5
B
5
6
B
6
7
B
7
E
8
C
O
M
9
1
C
1
6
2
C
1
5
3
C
1
4
4
C
1
3
5
C
1
2
6
C
1
1
7
C
1
0
R
1
5
6
7
.5
k
F
R
1
5
9
4
.3
k
F
D
1
0
1
M
A
7
0
0
R
1
5
5
1
M
F
R
1
5
4
1
k
F
R
1
5
8
1
0
k
F
R
1
5
7
1
k
J
C
1
9
7
2
2
0
0
0
p
C
1
9
9
0
.1
u
R
1
6
9
3
0
0
J
R
1
7
0
1
0
0
J
C
1
9
8
0
.1
u
D
1
0
2
D
A
2
0
4
K
D
1
0
3
D
A
2
0
4
K
R
1
7
1
1
.2
k
F
R
1
7
3
1
0
k
F
R
1
7
2
1
0
k
J
C
2
0
0
2
2
0
0
0
p
D
1
0
4
1
S
S
1
3
3
R
1
5
0
1
.5
k
J
R
1
6
1
4
7
k
J
R
1
6
6
4
.7
k
J
1
/4
W
R
1
6
0
1
.5
k
J
R
1
5
1
1
.5
k
J
R
1
5
2
1
.5
k
J
R
1
5
3
1
.5
k
J
R
1
6
2
1
.5
k
J
R
1
6
3
1
.5
k
J
R
1
6
4
1
.5
k
J
R
1
6
5
1
.5
k
J
R
1
6
7
1
.5
k
J
R
1
6
8
1
.5
k
J
R
1
7
4
2
4
0
J
R
1
7
5
2
4
0
J
IC
1
2
0
A
N
J
M
2
9
0
3
+-
C
1
9
6
0
.1
u
IC
1
2
0
B
N
J
M
2
9
0
3
+-
IC
1
2
2
A
L
M
3
5
8
+-
IC
1
2
2
B
L
M
3
5
8
+-
IC
1
2
1
T
D
6
2
0
0
1
A
F
IC
1
2
3
T
D
6
2
0
6
4
A
F
IC
1
2
4
T
D
6
2
5
0
3
IC
1
2
5
T
D
6
2
5
0
3
Q
1
0
2
D
T
A
1
4
3
X
K
A
Q
1
0
1
2
S
A
1
0
3
6
Q
1
0
3
D
T
C
1
4
3
Z
K
A
R
1
7
6
2
4
0
J
IC
1
1
9
T
D
6
2
0
0
1
A
F
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
1
2
V
2
4
V
2
4
V
2
4
V
IN
T
5
V
2
4
V
1
2
V
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
1
2
V
V
C
C
3
1
2
V
1
2
V
1
2
V
V
C
C
3
5
V
5
V
M
C
B
IA
S
T
C
G
R
ID
L
C
P
F
S
1
C
P
F
S
2
M
P
F
S
R
R
S
V
F
M
V
F
M
C
N
T
M
R
P
S
1
H
L
L
D
E
N
P
M
C
L
K
P
M
D
P
R
F
T
H
M
M
_
Y
2
M
M
D
M
M
_
Y
1
M
M
_
Y
3
S
P
U
S
S
P
F
S
S
R
R
C
S
G
S
/M
C
/B
IA
S
/T
C
/G
R
ID
L
V
F
M
O
U
TH
L
O
U
T
/C
P
F
S
1
/C
P
F
S
2
/M
P
F
S
/R
R
S
/P
R
/V
F
M
C
N
T
P
M
C
L
K
_
A
/P
M
D
M
R
P
S
_
1
/L
D
E
N
M
M
r
e
f1
/M
M
D
M
M
r
e
f2
M
M
r
e
f0
/S
G
S
/S
P
U
S
/S
R
R
C
/S
P
F
S
M
R
P
S
_
2
F
T
H
R
T
H
T
H
O
P
E
N
R
T
H
_
IN
P
O
F
F
/P
O
F
F
M
R
P
S
2
M
R
P
S
3
M
R
P
S
_
3
/L
E
N
D
S
H
O
L
D
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
M
C
U

P
W
B

(
D
R
I
V
E
R

S
E
C
T
I
O
N

2
)
5
/
9
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 6
F
o
r

D
S
P
F

M
o
d
e
l
O
n
ly
F
o
r

S
P
F
/
D
S
P
F

M
o
d
e
l
O
n
ly
(
8
-
C
3
)
(
8
-
C
3
)
(
8
-
C
3
)
(
8
-
C
3
)
(
2
-
A
3
)
(
2
-
A
3
)
(
2
-
A
3
)
(
2
-
A
3
)
(
2
-
A
3
)
(
2
-
A
3
)
(
5
-
C
1
)
(
5
-
C
1
)
(
5
-
C
1
)
(
5
-
C
2
)
(
5
-
C
2
)
(
5
-
C
2
)
(
4
-
D
2
)
(
4
-
D
2
)
(
4
-
D
2
)
(
4
-
D
2
)
(
9
-
D
1
)
(
9
-
D
1
)
(
9
-
E
1
)
(
9
-
E
1
)
(
9
-
B
3
)
(
9
-
B
3
)
(
9
-
B
3
)
(
9
-
B
3
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
9
-
A
1
)
(
9
-
A
1
)
2 1
2 1
2 1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
12
12
1 2
1
2
1
2
12
2
1
2
1
2 12 1
12
2 1
2 1
2 1 2 1
1
2
1
2
12
12
12
1
2
12
12
12
12
12
1 2
2 1
2
1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
1
2 1
2 1
2 1
2
1
2 1
C
r
A
2
3
C
r
B
2
0
V
s
A
2
5
R
s
A
3
V
r
e
fA
2
4
V
r
e
fB
1
9
R
s
B
1
2
V
s
B
1
8
In
/A
2
6
In
A
2
7
In
/B
1
7
In
B
1
6
V
m
m
2
2
O
U
T
/A
1
O
U
T
A
4
O
U
T
/B
1
4
O
U
T
B
1
1
P
G
1
5
P
G
2
8
I1
3
N
C
4
N
C
5
I2
6
N
C
1
0
I3
1
1
N
C
1
2
N
C
1
3
G
N
D
1
7
O
1
2
O
2
7
O
3
9
O
4
1
6
C
O
M
1
C
O
M
8
G
N
D
1
8
I4
1
4
N
C
1
5
O
U
T
2
A
2
S
E
N
S
E
2
3
C
O
M
P
2
4
O
U
T
2
B
5
G
N
D
6
G
N
D
7
I0
2
8
I1
2
9
P
H
A
S
E
2
1
0
V
R
E
F
2
1
1
R
C
2
1
2
V
S
S
1
3
R
C
1
1
4
V
R
E
F
1
1
5
P
H
A
S
E
1
1
6
I1
1
1
7
G
N
D
1
8
G
N
D
1
9
I0
1
2
0
O
U
T
1
B
2
1
C
O
M
P
1
2
2
S
E
N
S
E
1
2
3
V
S
2
4
O
U
T
1
A
1
1 2
1 2
1 2
1 2
1
2
1 2
1 2
1 2
2
1
2
1
2
1
12
V
c
c
1
7
G
N
D
8
R
in
2
0
F
in
1
8
O
U
T
1
9
O
U
T
2
5
V
M
1
6
V
R
E
F
2
1
R
N
F
6
P
S
A
V
E
1
9
N
C
1
N
C
2
N
C
3
N
C
4
N
C
7
N
C
1
0
N
C
1
1
N
C
1
2
N
C
1
3
N
C
1
4
N
C
1
5
N
C
2
2
N
C
2
3
N
C
2
4
N
C
2
5
F
IN
F
IN
12
12
12
1
2
1
2
R
1
9
9
3
0
0
J
D
1
0
9
M
IT
J
2
2
B
R
2
0
5
4
7
k
J
R
2
0
4
4
7
k
J
C
2
1
1
2
2
0
0
p
R
1
9
1
7
.5
k
J
C
2
1
4
2
2
0
0
p
R
1
9
4
7
.5
k
J
C
2
1
8
2
2
0
0
p
C
2
2
7
O
P
E
N
C
2
1
6
O
P
E
N
C
2
1
5
O
P
E
N
C
2
3
2
O
P
E
N
C
2
2
2
2
2
0
0
p
R
1
9
8
2
.4
k
J
R
2
0
3
2
.4
k
J
R
1
9
5
1
k
J
R
2
0
7
1
k
J
C
2
2
0
0
.1
u
R
2
0
0
6
2
0
J
R
2
0
1
1
.2
k
J
R
2
0
2
1
0
0
J
R
1
9
6
7
5
0
J
C
P
1
0
1
IC
P
-
N
3
8
C
2
0
2
8
2
0
p
C
2
0
3
8
2
0
p
C
2
0
4
8
2
0
p
C
2
0
7
0
.1
u
C
2
0
1
8
2
0
p
C
2
0
5
0
.1
u
C
2
0
6
1
u
/1
6
V
+
C
2
0
8
4
7
u
/3
5
V
+
C
2
1
2
1
0
u
/3
5
V
+
C
2
1
9
4
7
u
/1
6
V
+
D 1 0 5 O P E N
R
1
8
0
1
.5
k
J
R
1
7
8
0
.6
8
J
1
W
R
1
8
2
3
0
k
J
R
1
8
3
3
0
k
J
R
1
7
9
1
.5
k
J
R
1
7
7
0
.6
8
J
1
W
R
1
8
6
5
1
0
J
R
1
8
5
1
k
J
R
1
8
4
2
k
J
R
1
9
7
1
J
2
W
R
1
8
1
1
k
J
IC
1
2
8
M
T
D
1
3
6
1
/F
IC
1
2
6
T
D
6
2
0
6
4
A
F
IC
1
2
7
L
6
2
1
9
D
S
D 1 0 6 O P E N
D 1 0 7 O P E N
D 1 0 8 O P E N
D 1 1 2 O P E N
C
P
1
0
2
IC
P
-
N
3
8
D 1 1 3 O P E N
D 1 1 4 O P E N
D 1 1 5 O P E N
R
1
8
7
1
k
J
R
1
8
8
1
k
J
R
2
0
6
1
J
2
W
C
2
1
7
4
7
u
/1
6
V
+
IC
1
2
9
B
A
6
9
2
0
F
P
C
2
0
9
0
.1
u
/5
0
V
C
2
1
0
0
.1
u
/5
0
V
C
2
1
3
0
.1
u
/5
0
V
C
P
2
0
1
0
6
0
3
F
A
1
.5
A
C
P
2
0
2
0
6
0
3
F
A
1
.5
A
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
5
V
2
4
V
M
2
4
V
5
V
5
V
2
4
V
M
2
4
V
M
2
4
V
5
V
2
4
V
d
u
p
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
2
4
V
d
u
p
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
M
M
_
P
H
_
A
O
U
T
_
A
-
M
M
_
A
I0
M
M
_
P
H
_
B
M
M
_
B
I0
M
M
_
B
I1
M
M
_
A
I1
O
U
T
_
A
+
O
U
T
_
B
-
M
M
r
e
f0
M
M
r
e
f1
M
M
r
e
f2
D
M
T
0
/D
M
T
_
0
S
P
M
T
_
2
(
S
P
M
T
2
)
D
M
T
1
D
M
T
2
D
M
T
3
/D
M
T
_
1
/D
M
T
_
2
/D
M
T
_
3
(
T
M
)
(
T
M
_
)
S
P
M
T
_
0
S
P
M
T
_
3
S
P
M
T
_
1
M
R
P
S
_
1
M
R
P
S
_
2
M
R
P
S
_
3
(
S
P
M
T
0
)
(
S
P
M
T
3
)
(
S
P
M
T
1
)
O
U
T
_
B
+
T
M
B
_
O
T
M
A
_
O
M
C
U

P
W
B

(
D
R
I
V
E
R

S
E
C
T
I
O
N

3
)
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
6
/
9
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 7
F
o
r

S
P
F
/
D
S
P
F

M
o
d
e
l
O
n
ly
(
8
-
B
4
)
(
8
-
A
4
)
(
8
-
A
4
)
(
9
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
9
-
D
1
)
(
9
-
E
1
)
(
9
-
E
1
)
(
9
-
D
3
)
(
9
-
C
2
)
(
9
-
A
2
)
(
9
-
C
4
)
(
9
-
C
4
)
(
9
-
A
4
)
(
9
-
C
1
)
(
9
-
C
2
)
(
9
-
C
3
)
(
9
-
D
1
)
(
9
-
D
3
)
(
9
-
B
4
)
(
8
-
D
4
)
(
8
-
D
4
)
(
4
-
A
2
)
(
4
-
A
2
)
(
4
-
A
2
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
1
-
D
2
)
(
1
-
D
2
)
(
8
-
B
4
)
(
8
-
B
4
)
o
r
K
D
S
2
2
6
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
1
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
1
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
1
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
1
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
1
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
1
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
1
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
1
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
0
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
0
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
0
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
0
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
0
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
0
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
0
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
0
12 2 1
12 2 1
12 2 1
12 2 1
12 2 1
12 2 1
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
1
2
3
1
2
3
12
12
1
2
1 2
2
1
2
1
1 2
3
2 1
12
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
2
1
2
1
2 1
1
2
3
1
2
3
12
2 112
2 112
2 112
12 2 1
12 2 1
12 2 1
12 2 1
12 2 1
12 2 1
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
1
2
3
2
1
2 1
1234
8765
1234
8765
1234
8765
1
2
3
12
12
12
2
1
1
2
IN
1
G
N
D
2 O
U
T
3
12
12
1234
8765
12
1
2
3
12
12
1
2
3
12
C
2
6
1
1
0
0
0
p
R
2
0
8
1
0
k
J
C
2
3
3
O
P
E
N
C
2
3
4
O
P
E
N
C
2
3
5
O
P
E
N
C
2
3
6
O
P
E
N
C
2
3
7
O
P
E
N
C
2
8
5
0
.1
u
L
1
2
4
Z
J
S
R
5
1
0
1
-
2
2
3
L
1
2
5
Z
J
S
R
5
1
0
1
-
2
2
3C
2
8
6
2
2
u
/1
6
V
+
C
2
8
8
0
.1
u
D
1
2
0
1
S
S
1
3
3
D
1
2
4
1
S
S
1
3
3
R
2
1
5
2
0
k
J
R
2
1
7
2
0
k
J
D
1
1
9
D
A
2
0
4
K
R
2
1
8
2
.7
k
J
C
2
6
0
0
.1
u
D
1
1
6
D
A
N
2
0
2
U
D
1
1
7
D
A
N
2
0
2
U
D
1
1
8
D
A
N
2
0
2
U
D
1
2
1
D
A
P
2
0
2
U
D
1
2
2
D
A
P
2
0
2
U
D
1
2
3
D
A
P
2
0
2
U
R
2
0
9
1
0
k
J
R
2
1
0
1
0
k
J
R
2
1
1
3
9
k
J
R
2
1
2
1
0
k
J
C
2
6
2
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
6
3
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
6
4
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
6
5
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
6
6
1
0
0
0
p
R
2
1
4
1
k
J
R
2
1
6
1
k
J
R
2
2
1
1
0
k
J
R
2
2
2
1
0
k
J
R
2
2
3
3
9
k
J
R
2
2
4
1
0
k
J
D
1
2
5
D
A
N
2
0
2
U
D
1
2
6
D
A
N
2
0
2
U
C
2
7
8
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
7
9
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
8
0
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
8
1
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
9
0
1
0
0
0
p
R
2
2
6
3
9
k
J
D
1
3
0
D
A
N
2
0
2
U
D
1
3
1
D
A
N
2
0
2
U
D
1
3
2
D
A
N
2
0
2
U
R
2
2
7
3
9
k
J
R
2
3
2
3
.3
k
J
R
2
2
9
7
.5
k
J
R
2
3
0
7
.5
k
J
C
2
9
1
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
9
2
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
9
5
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
9
3
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
9
4
1
0
0
0
p
D
1
2
8
D
A
P
2
0
2
U
D
1
2
9
D
A
P
2
0
2
U
D
1
3
3
D
A
P
2
0
2
U
D
1
3
4
D
A
P
2
0
2
U
D
1
3
5
D
A
P
2
0
2
U
C
2
3
8
O
P
E
N
C
2
3
9
O
P
E
N
C
2
4
0
O
P
E
N
C
2
4
1
O
P
E
N
C
2
4
2
O
P
E
N
C
2
4
3
O
P
E
N
C
2
4
4
O
P
E
N
C
2
4
5
O
P
E
N
C
2
4
6
O
P
E
N
C
2
4
7
O
P
E
N
C
2
4
8
O
P
E
N
C
2
4
9
O
P
E
N
C
2
5
0
O
P
E
N
C
2
5
1
O
P
E
N
C
2
5
2
O
P
E
N
C
2
5
3
O
P
E
N
C
2
5
4
O
P
E
N
C
2
5
5
O
P
E
N
C
2
5
6
O
P
E
N
C
2
5
7
O
P
E
N
C
2
5
8
O
P
E
N
C
2
5
9
O
P
E
N
C
2
6
7
O
P
E
N
C
2
6
8
O
P
E
N
C
2
6
9
O
P
E
N
C
2
7
0
O
P
E
N
C
2
7
1
O
P
E
N
C
2
7
2
O
P
E
N
C
2
7
3
O
P
E
N
C
2
7
4
O
P
E
N
C
2
7
5
O
P
E
N
R
2
1
9
0
.2
2
J
2
W
R
2
2
0
1
k
J
2
W
B
R
1
6
0
1
k
J
B
R
1
6
1
1
k
J
B
R
1
6
2
1
k
J
L
1
2
3
Z
J
S
R
5
1
0
1
-
2
2
3
C
2
7
6
4
7
u
/3
5
V
+
C
2
7
7
0
.1
u
/5
0
V
C
2
8
4
4
7
u
/2
5
V
+
R
2
2
5
6
8
J
2
W
D
1
2
7
1
S
S
1
3
3
IC
1
3
0
K
IA
7
8
0
5
C
2
8
3
0
.1
u
C
2
8
2
4
7
u
/3
5
V
+
B
R
1
6
3
1
k
J
R
2
3
1
7
.5
k
J
R
2
1
3
1
0
k
J
R
2
2
8
1
0
k
J
C
3
2
3
0
.1
u
L
1
2
7
Z
J
S
R
5
1
0
1
-
2
2
3
C
3
2
2
2
2
u
/1
6
V
+
C
2
8
9
0
.1
u
L
1
2
6
Z
J
S
R
5
1
0
1
-
2
2
3
C
2
8
7
2
2
u
/1
6
V
+
1
2
V
5
V
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
5
V
IN
T
2
4
V
V
C
C
3
5
V
V
C
C
3
P
G
N
D
2
4
V
P
G
N
D
IN
T
2
4
V
IN
T
5
V
E
N
5
V
V
C
C
3
5
V
5
V
1
2
V
IN
5
V
IN
D
S
W
S
2
4
V
1
(
D
S
W
S
)
S
D
S
W
S
P
ID
S
B
4
D
P
O
D
P
M
R
D
Y
(
S
D
S
W
)
(
S
P
ID
)
(
S
B
4
D
)
(
P
O
D
)
(
P
M
R
D
Y
)
D
V
S
E
L
T
C
S
M
F
D
M
M
L
D
D
V
S
1
(
M
M
L
D
)
P
P
D
1
P
P
D
2
C
E
D
1
C
E
D
2
(
P
P
D
1
)
(
P
P
D
2
)
(
P
S
W
)
(
C
E
D
1
)
(
D
R
S
T
)
(
C
E
D
2
)
(
T
C
S
)
(
M
F
D
)
2
4
V
IN
D
R
S
T
P
S
W
P
P
D
3
S
P
P
D
(
S
P
P
D
)
(
P
P
D
3
)
5
V
E
N
3
.3
V
IN
M
C
U

P
W
B

(
N
O
I
S
E

F
I
L
T
E
R
/
P
U
L
L
-
U
P

S
E
C
T
I
O
N
)
7
/
9
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 8
T
o

P
o
w
e
r

u
n
i
t
T
o

S
c
a
n
n
e
r

u
n
i
t
T
o

I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e

P
W
B
T
o

O
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
a
l

P
W
B
T
o

M
i
r
r
o
r

m
o
t
o
r
(
5
-
C
4
)
(
5
-
C
4
)
(
5
-
C
4
)
(
5
-
C
4
)
(
5
-
C
1
)
(
5
-
C
3
)
(
5
-
D
2
)
(
7
-
A
1
)
(
7
-
A
2
)
(
7
-
A
2
)
(
7
-
B
1
)
(
4
-
C
4
)
(
8
-
D
3
)
(
8
-
B
2
)
(
6
-
A
4
)
(
6
-
A
4
)
(
6
-
A
4
)
(
6
-
A
4
)
(
4
-
A
3
)
(
2
-
E
1
)
(
2
-
D
2
)
(
2
-
D
2
)
(
2
-
D
2
)
(
2
-
D
2
)
(
2
-
D
2
)
(
2
-
D
2
)
(
2
-
D
2
)
(
2
-
D
2
)
(
2
-
D
2
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
(
4
-
C
4
)
(
4
-
C
4
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
4
-
D
3
)
(
7
-
C
1
)
(
7
-
C
1
)
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
1
-
D
2
)
(
2
-
B
3
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
B
4
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
1
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
0
o
r
K
R
C
1
0
6
S
o
r
K
R
C
1
0
6
S
o
r
K
D
S
2
2
6
o
r
K
T
A
1
2
8
1
o
r
K
T
C
3
1
9
8
(
1
-
D
3
)
o
r
K
R
C
1
0
6
S
(
1
-
A
2
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
V
C
L
A
F
E
_
D
B
3
A
F
E
_
D
B
0
V
C
L
A
F
E
_
D
B
4
A
F
E
_
D
B
6
A
F
E
_
D
B
1
A
F
E
_
D
B
2
A
F
E
_
D
B
5
A
F
E
_
D
B
7
P
A
R
A
D
0
P
A
R
A
D
1
P
A
R
A
D
2
P
A
R
A
D
3
P
A
R
A
D
4
P
A
R
A
D
5
P
A
R
A
D
6
P
A
R
A
D
7
12
2 1
12
1
2
3
1 2
3
12
12
1
2
3
2 1
2 1
2
1
2
1
12
2
1
1
1
3
3
5
5
7
7
9
9
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
5
1
5
1
7
1
7
1
9
1
9
2
1
2
1
2
3
2
3
2
5
2
5
2
7
2
7
2
9
2
9
3
1
3
1
2
2
4
4
6
6
8
8
1
0
1
0
1
2
1
2
1
4
1
4
1
6
1
6
1
8
1
8
2
0
2
0
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
4
2
6
2
6
2
8
2
8
3
0
3
0
3
2
3
2
2 1
12
1 2
2
1
2 1
1
2
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
2 1
1
2
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
3
1
3
1
4
1
4
1
5
1
5
1
6
1
6
1
7
1
7
1
8
1
8
1
2
3
2 1
12
4
12
12
12
12
12
12
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
3
1
3
1
4
1
4
1
5
1
5
1
6
1
6
1
7
1
7
1
8
1
8
1
9
1
9
2
0
2
0
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
4
2
4
2
5
2
5
2
6
2
6
2
7
2
7
2
8
2
8
2
9
2
9
3
0
3
0
3
1
3
1
3
2
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
4
3
5
3
5
1
1
3
3
5
5
7
7
9
9
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
5
1
5
1
7
1
7
1
9
1
9
2
1
2
1
2
3
2
3
2
2
4
4
6
6
8
8
1
0
1
0
1
2
1
2
1
4
1
4
1
6
1
6
1
8
1
8
2
0
2
0
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
4
12
12
2 1
C
2
9
9
4
7
u
/3
5
V
+
R
2
3
8
1
0
k
J
C
3
0
1
0
.1
u
/5
0
V
D
1
3
6
D
A
N
2
0
2
U
D
1
3
8
D
A
2
0
4
K
C
2
9
6
1
0
0
0
p
C
2
9
7
1
0
0
0
p
D
1
3
7
D
A
P
2
0
2
U
R
2
3
4
1
0
k
J
R
2
3
3
1
0
k
J
R
2
3
5
1
k
J
R
2
3
6
1
k
J
C
2
9
8
1
0
0
0
p
R
2
3
7
1
k
J
C
N
1
0
5
F
F
4
-
3
2
-
S
1
5
D
5
Q
1
0
8
2
S
A
1
0
2
0
R
2
3
9
4
7
0
J
C
3
0
0
4
7
u
/3
5
V
+
D
1
3
9
1
1
E
Q
S
0
6
L
1
2
9
2
2
0
u
H
T
W
K
A
-
2
2
1
K
R
2
4
0
1
5
k
J
R
2
4
1
5
6
k
J
C
3
0
2
3
3
p
Q
1
0
9
2
S
C
1
8
1
5
C
N
1
0
3
B
4
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
R
C
P
1
0
3
IC
P
-
N
3
8
Q
1
0
6
D
T
C
1
4
3
Z
K
A
Q
1
0
7
D
T
C
1
4
3
Z
K
A
R
2
7
5
1
5
k
J C
P
2
0
3
0
6
0
3
F
A
1
.5
A
C
N
1
0
2
1
8
F
E
-
B
T
-
V
K
-
N
Q
1
1
0
D
T
C
1
4
3
Z
K
A
R
2
8
1
4
.7
k
J
IC
1
3
1
N
C
7
S
0
8
M
5
X
C
3
2
8
0
.1
u
C 3 3 3 O P E N
C 3 3 1 O P E N
C 3 3 0 O P E N
C 3 2 9 O P E N
C
N
1
0
4
3
5
F
E
-
B
T
-
V
K
-
N
C 3 3 2 O P E N
C
N
1
0
1
B
2
4
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
-
B
C
3
3
4
0
.1
u
/5
0
V
C
3
3
5
0
.1
u
/5
0
V
R
2
9
0
1
0
k
J
1
2
V
2
4
V
V
C
C
3
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
IN
T
2
4
V
5
V
V
C
C
3
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
E
N
5
V
E
N
5
V
E
N
5
V
5
V
5
V
V
C
C
3
V
C
C
3
/B
IA
S
P
S
W
m
t_
a
t_
h
o
m
e
K
IN
1
K
IN
2
D
R
S
T
(
O
P
_
C
L
K
)
(
O
P
_
L
A
T
C
H
)
(
S
E
L
IN
1
)
(
S
E
L
IN
2
)
(
S
E
L
IN
3
)
(
O
P
_
D
A
T
A
)
A
F
E
_
D
B
[7
..0
]
A
F
E
_
S
C
K
A
D
C
L
K
C
C
D
_
P
H
I1
C
C
D
_
P
H
I2
C
C
D
_
C
P
C
C
D
_
R
S
C
C
D
_
T
G
A
F
E
_
S
E
N
A
F
E
_
S
D
I
B
S
A
M
P
V
S
A
M
P
O
U
T
_
A
+
O
U
T
_
A
-
O
U
T
_
B
+
O
U
T
_
B
-
P
S
L
O
N
L
P
A
R
A
D
[7
..0
]
G
D
IIN
/IN
IT
/S
L
C
T
IN
/A
U
T
O
F
D
/S
T
B
V
M
IN
V
P
IN
R
C
V
/R
E
V
B
U
S
Y
P
E
/F
A
U
L
T
S
L
C
T
V
P
O
U
T
V
M
O
U
T
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
O
E
N
/T
C
/P
O
F
F
H
L
O
U
T
3
.3
V
IN
2
4
V
IN
/M
C
U
S
B
IN
D
_
C
O
N
T
B
E
O
C
L
/A
C
K
/P
R
F
W
/G
R
ID
L
5
V
E
N
5
V
IN
1
2
V
IN
/C
L
_
R
E
S
E
T
M
C
U

P
W
B

(
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

S
E
C
T
I
O
N

1
)
8
/
9
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 9
T
o

M
a
i
n

m
o
t
o
r
T
o

F
a
n

m
o
t
o
r
T
o

I
n
t
e
r
l
o
c
k

s
w
i
t
c
h
T
o

L
S
U
F
o
r

J
T
A
G
T
o
C
a
s
s
e
t
t
e
d
e
t
e
c
t
T
o

C
a
s
s
e
t
t
e

p
a
p
e
r
s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d
T
o
D
u
p
le
x
m
o
to
r
F
o
r

d
e
b
u
g
F
o
r

c
h
e
c
k
e
r
N
o
t

m
o
u
n
t
e
d
F
o
r

D
S
P
F

M
o
d
e
l

O
n
l
y
T
o

T
o
n
e
r

m
o
t
o
r
T
o

P
a
p
e
r

p
a
s
s

d
e
t
e
c
t
T
o

P
a
p
e
r

o
u
t

d
e
t
e
c
t
T
o

H
L

u
n
i
t
T
o

M
u
l
t
i

u
n
i
t
T
o

C
o
v
e
r

o
p
e
n

d
e
t
e
c
t
T
o

2
n
d
.

c
a
s
s
e
t
t
e
T
o

A
D
F

u
n
i
t
(
5
-
C
1
)
(
7
-
C
3
)
(
5
-
C
3
)
(
5
-
C
3
)
(
7
-
B
3
)
(
7
-
C
4
)
(
5
-
C
1
)
(
5
-
C
2
)
(
5
-
C
2
)
(
5
-
D
1
)
(
4
-
C
4
)
(
2
-
A
2
)
(
2
-
C
4
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
(
2
-
D
1
)
(
1
-
B
1
)
(
1
-
B
3
)
(
1
-
B
3
)
(
1
-
D
3
)
(
6
-
B
2
)
(
6
-
B
2
)
(
6
-
D
3
)
(
6
-
D
3
)
(
6
-
D
4
)
(
6
-
D
4
)
(
7
-
C
1
)
(
5
-
C
3
)
(
7
-
C
2
)
(
7
-
C
2
)
(
7
-
C
3
)
(
7
-
C
4
)
(
7
-
C
4
)
(
7
-
C
4
)
(
4
-
A
2
)
(
5
-
C
3
)
(
5
-
C
3
)
(
5
-
D
3
)
(
7
-
C
1
)
(
5
-
C
3
)
(
7
-
C
4
)
(
7
-
C
4
)
(
5
-
B
2
)
(
6
-
C
2
)
(
6
-
C
2
)
(
7
-
C
2
)
(
5
-
B
2
)
(
5
-
B
2
)
(
5
-
B
2
)
(
6
-
C
2
)
(
6
-
C
2
)
(
7
-
C
3
)
T
o

D
V

u
n
i
t
w
i
t
h

C
R
U
M
(
7
-
C
3
)
F
o
r

C
R
U
M

M
o
d
e
l

O
n
l
y
T
o

R
e
s
i
s
t

r
o
l
l
e
r
s
o
l
e
n
o
i
d
o
r
K
D
S
2
2
6
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
1
o
r
K
D
S
1
2
0
o
r
K
D
S
2
2
6
S
D
A
S
C
L
S
D
A
S
C
L
1 2
3
2 112
1
1
2
2
3
3
2
1
1
1
3
3
5
5
7
7
9
9
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
2
2
4
4
6
6
8
8
1
0
1
0
1
2
1
2
1
4
1
4
12
12
12
12
12
1
1
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
2
3
3
12
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
1
1
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
12
12
12
12
12
1
1
3
3
5
5
7
7
9
9
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
5
1
5
1
7
1
7
2
2
4
4
6
6
8
8
1
0
1
0
1
2
1
2
1
4
1
4
1
6
1
6
1
8
1
8
1
1
3
3
5
5
7
7
9
9
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
5
1
5
1
7
1
7
1
9
1
9
2
1
2
1
2
3
2
3
2
2
4
4
6
6
8
8
1
0
1
0
1
2
1
2
1
4
1
4
1
6
1
6
1
8
1
8
2
0
2
0
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
4
1
1
3
3
5
5
7
7
9
9
2
2
4
4
6
6
8
8
1
0
1
0
2 1
2 1
2 1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2 1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
1
1
3
3
5
5
7
7
9
9
2
2
4
4
6
6
8
8
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
1
2
3
2 1
2
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
1
1
2
2
3
3
1
1
2
2
3
3
2
1
1 2
3
2 12 1
2 1
2 1
D
1
4
0
D
A
2
0
4
K
R
2
4
2
1
0
k
J
C
3
0
5
1
0
0
0
p
C
N
1
0
9
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
S
R
2
4
4
1
k
J
C
N
1
1
5
B
1
4
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
-
B
C 3 1 0 1 0 0 0 p
C 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 p
C 3 1 2 1 0 0 0 p
C 3 0 8 0 . 1 u
C 3 0 9 1 0 0 0 p
C
N
1
1
1
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
R
C
N
1
1
3
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
S
C
3
0
4
1
0
0
0
p
C
N
1
1
8
B
4
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
S
C
N
1
1
4
B
0
5
B
-
X
A
S
K
-
1
C
N
1
0
8
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
K
C
N
1
2
5
B
6
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
S
C
3
0
3
1
0
0
0
p
C
3
0
7
1
0
0
0
p
C
3
0
6
1
0
0
0
p
C 3 1 3
0 . 1 u / 5 0 V
C 3 1 4
0 . 1 u / 5 0 V
C
N
1
1
9
B
1
8
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
-
B
C
N
1
2
2
B
2
4
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
-
B
C
N
1
2
1
9
2
0
4
B
-
2
-
1
0
R
2
4
8
1
0
k
J
R
2
4
9
1
0
k
J
R
2
5
0
1
0
k
J
C
N
1
1
2
B
4
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
S
C
N
1
1
6
B
2
P
-
V
H
-
R
C
N
1
2
4
B
2
P
-
V
H
R
2
5
1
1
5
0
J
1
/4
W
C
N
1
2
0
B
5
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
S
C
N
1
2
3
B
5
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
R
B
1
0
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
-
B
C
N
1
0
6
B
D
1
4
1
D
A
N
2
0
2
U
D
1
4
2
D
A
P
2
0
2
U
R
2
7
2
1
0
J
R
2
7
3
3
0
0
J
R
2
7
4
3
0
0
J
B
4
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
R
C
N
1
0
6
A
C
N
1
0
7
0
8
F
E
-
B
T
-
V
K
-
N
C
N
1
1
0
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
S
C
N
1
1
7
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
E
R
2
8
2
1
k
J
D
1
4
3
D
A
2
0
4
K
R
2
4
5
3
9
0
J
1
/4
W
R
2
4
7
3
9
0
J
1
/4
W
R
2
5
3
3
9
0
J
1
/4
W
R
2
4
6
3
9
0
J
1
/4
W
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
IN
T
2
4
V
5
V
2
4
V
2
4
V
2
4
V
2
4
V
2
4
V
5
V
2
4
V
d
u
p
2
4
V
M
5
V
2
4
V
5
V
V
C
C
3
IN
T
5
V
2
4
V
V
C
C
3
2
4
V
V
C
C
3
5
V
2
4
V
5
V
5
V
5
V
5
V
5
V
5
V
S
P
M
T
_
0
S
D
S
W
S
P
P
D
S
B
4
D
S
P
ID
S
P
M
T
_
3
/S
G
S
/S
R
R
C
/S
P
U
S
S
P
M
T
_
2
S
P
M
T
_
1
P
P
D
3
P
O
D
/C
P
F
S
2
/R
R
S
(
S
D
O
D
)
C
E
D
2
P
P
D
1
P
P
D
2
M
F
D
/M
P
F
S
T
M
A
_
O
T
M
B
_
O
T
x
D
1
M
M
L
D
/M
M
D
V
F
M
O
U
T
/V
F
M
C
N
T
2
4
V
1
(
D
S
W
S
)
/V
ID
E
O
P
M
C
L
K
_
A
P
M
R
D
Y
/P
M
D
S
H
O
L
D
S
D
A
S
C
L
C
P
U
N
R
S
T
/D
M
T
_
0
/D
M
T
_
1
/D
M
T
_
2
/D
M
T
_
3
/C
P
F
S
1
C
E
D
1
/L
D
E
N
J
T
G
_
T
D
O
J
T
G
_
T
C
K
J
T
G
_
T
M
S
J
T
G
_
T
D
I
/S
Y
N
C
R
T
H
_
IN
T
C
S
D
V
S
E
L
/S
P
F
S
M
C
U

P
W
B

(
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
O
R

S
E
C
T
I
O
N

2
)
9
/
9
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 10
L
E
D
M
f
1
e
1
a
1
g
1
d
1
b
1
c
1
a
2
g
2
d
2
f
2
e
2
b
2
c
2
a
3
g
3
d
3
e
3
b
3
c
3
f
3
O
P
-
C
L
K
O
P
-
D
A
T
A
D
R
S
T
D
R
S
T
O
P
-
L
A
T
C
H
K
I
N
1
K
I
N
2
S
E
L
I
N
3
S
E
L
I
N
2
O
N
L
P
S
L
5
V
E
N
P
S
W
S
E
L
I
N
1
5
V
O
P
-
S
T
B
S
C
N
L
_
K
O
L
K
S
C
N
L
_
A
O
N
L
D
-
G
N
D
5
V
E
N
S
C
N
K
D
-
G
N
D
D
-
G
N
D
D
-
G
N
D
D
-
G
N
D
D
-
G
N
D
3
2
1
c
1
d
3
D i g 1
2
N C
6
b
7
D i g 2
4
f
8
D i g 3
5
a
9
e
1 0
g
1 1
3
2
1
12345678
3
2
1
/ Q 3
3 3
/ Q 4
3 4
/ Q 5
3 6
/ Q 6
3 7
/ Q 7
3 8
/ Q 9
4 0
/ Q 1 0
4 1
/ Q 1 1
4 2
/ Q 1 7
1
/ Q 1 8
2
/ Q 1 9
3
/ Q 2 0
4
/ Q 2 1
6
/ Q 2 2
7
/ Q 2 3
8
/ Q 2 4
9
/ Q 2 5
1 0
/ Q 2 6
1 1
/ Q 1 2
4 3
/ Q 1 3
4 5
/ Q 1 4
4 6
/ Q 1 5
4 7
/ Q 8
3 9
/ Q 2
3 2
/ Q 1
3 1
V C C
6 3
/ S T R O B E
5 1
B E O
4 9
/ L A T C H
5 0
S I N
3 0
C L O C K
6 4
S O U T
1 9
G N D 1
5
G N D 2
1 4
G N D 3
3 5
G N D 4
4 4
G N D 5
6 2
/ Q 3 1
1 7
/ Q 3 0
1 6
/ Q 2 9
1 5
/ Q 2 8
1 3
/ Q 2 7
1 2
/ Q 3 2
1 8
/ Q 1 6
4 8
123
D
0
4
D
1
3
D
2
2
D
3
1
D
4
1
5
D
5
1
4
D
6
1
3
D
7
1
2
A
1
1
B
1
0
C
9
G
7
W
6
Y
5
D
0
4
D
1
3
D
2
2
D
3
1
D
4
1
5
D
5
1
4
D
6
1
3
D
7
1
2
A
1
1
B
1
0
C
9
G
7
W
6
Y
5
123456789
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
C
3
2
4
2
0
0
P
F
P
E
L
E
D
3
C 3 1 3
1 0 0 0 p
C
3
0
4
N
.
M
.
C
3
2
3
2
0
0
P
F
T
P
L
L
E
D
7
C 3 1 2
1 0 0 0 p
R
3
2
1
1
K
J
C
3
0
2
N
.
M
.
M
E
L
E
D
4
R
3
2
6
1
2
0
J
R
3
2
3
5
1
0
J
C
3
0
3
N
.
M
.
R
P
L
L
E
D
8
R
3
0
1
1
0
0
J
R
3
2
0
1
K
J
A
E
L
E
D
5
C 3 1 0
1 0 0 0 p
R
3
5
8
5
1
0
J
J
P
L
L
E
D
1
2
R
3
0
4
1
0
0
J
R
3
2
2
1
K
J
E
X
D
L
E
D
1
3
R
3
0
5
1
0
0
J
D
3
0
2
1
S
S
1
3
3
E
X
N
L
E
D
1
4
R
3
2
4
1
0
0
J
D
3
0
6
1
S
S
1
3
3
E
X
L
L
E
D
1
5
R
3
3
9
1
0
0
J
D
3
0
1
1
S
S
1
3
3
C
S
1
L
L
E
D
1
6
R
3
4
1
1
0
0
J
E
X
M
O
D
K
S
W
9
D
3
0
7
1
S
S
1
3
3
B
P
L
L
E
D
1
7
R
3
4
2
1
0
0
J
R
3
3
3
1
2
0
J
D
3
0
9
1
S
S
1
3
3
R
3
4
5
1
0
0
J
D
3
0
4
1
S
S
1
3
3
R
3
5
9
1
2
0
J
R
3
4
4
1
0
0
J
R
3
5
4
1
2
0
J
D
3
0
8
1
S
S
1
3
3
R
3
3
8
1
0
0
J
C
3
2
5
2
0
0
P
F
R
3
5
5
1
2
0
J
D
3
1
0
1
S
S
1
3
3
E
X
U
P
K
S
W
7
R
3
4
3
1
0
0
J
D
3
0
5
1
S
S
1
3
3
R
3
3
1
1
2
0
J
Q
3
0
2
K
R
A
2
2
5
S
P
D
W
K
S
W
6
D
3
0
3
1
S
S
1
3
3
R
3
2
9
1
2
0
J
L
E
D
M
3
0
1
L
T
C
-
3
6
5
0
A
G
-
0
2
J
R 3 0 8
4 . 7 K J
R
3
1
0
1
2
0
J
C
3
1
4
N
.
M
.
C 3 0 7
1 0 0 0 p
R
3
2
8
1
2
0
J
R 3 0 7
4 . 7 K J
C
3
1
6
2
2
0
0
0
P
F
R 3 0 6
4 . 7 K J
R
3
5
2
1
K
J
R
3
1
1
1
2
0
J
Q
3
0
3
K
R
A
2
2
5
S
R
3
1
5
1
2
0
J
R
3
3
0
1
K
J
R 3 6 0
4 . 7 K J
Z
U
P
K
S
W
4
R
3
1
4
1
2
0
J
R 3 1 8
4 . 7 K J
R
3
5
3
1
K
J
R
3
1
3
1
2
0
J
R 3 1 7
4 . 7 K J
R
3
2
7
1
2
0
J
R 3 1 9
4 . 7 K J
C
N
3
0
1
8
F
E
-
S
T
-
V
K
-
N
Q
3
0
1
K
R
A
2
2
5
S
R 3 4 6
4 . 7 K J
R
3
3
5
1
K
J
D
U
P
K
S
W
1
0
R 3 4 7
4 . 7 K J
L
C
7
9
3
5
A
N
I
C
3
0
2
R 3 1 6
4 . 7 K J
M
A
G
K
S
W
1
R 3 2 5
4 . 7 K J
R
3
4
0
1
0
0
J
R 3 3 6
4 . 7 K J
D
A
A
2
L
E
D
1
9
C 3 2 0
1 0 0 0 p
S
J
A
L
L
E
D
2
0
C 3 1 7
1 0 0 0 p
C
L
K
S
W
3
Z
P
L
L
E
D
6
C 3 1 1
1 0 0 0 p
R
3
0
2
1
0
0
J
R
3
3
4
1
2
0
J
R
3
1
2
1
2
0
J
R 3 0 9
4 . 7 K J
S
P
F
L
L
E
D
2
1
C 3 0 9
1 0 0 0 p
C
S
2
L
L
E
D
2
2
C
R
S
K
S
W
1
1
R 3 3 7
4 . 7 K J
3
R
E
L
E
D
2
3
R
3
0
3
1
0
0
J
R
3
4
8
1
5
0
J
2
R
E
L
E
D
2
4
P
U
P
K
S
W
5
M
P
L
L
E
D
1
1
1
R
E
L
E
D
2
5
C
3
0
1
4
7
u
F
/
1
6
V
D
U
2
1
L
E
D
1
N
O
R
L
E
D
2
6
P
S
W
S
W
1
3
C
3
2
2
2
2
0
0
0
P
F
1
E
N
R
L
E
D
2
7
C
N
3
0
3
S
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
S
(
N
.
M
.
)
R
3
3
2
1
2
0
J
I
C
3
0
1
7
4
H
C
1
5
1
R
3
5
0
1
5
0
J
Z
D
W
K
S
W
2
IC
3
0
3
7
4
H
C
1
5
1
R
3
5
6
1
5
0
J
C
3
0
5
0
.
1
u
F
2
E
N
R
L
E
D
2
8
C
N
3
0
2
1
8
F
E
-
S
T
-
V
K
-
N
C 3 2 7
1 0 0 0 p
C
3
1
9
0
.1
u
F
C 3 1 8
1 0 0 0 p
C
3
2
6
2
0
0
P
F
D
A
A
1
L
E
D
9
B
P
K
S
W
1
2
C 3 1 5
1 0 0 0 p
R
3
5
1
1
5
0
J
D
P
L
L
E
D
1
0
C 3 0 6
1 0 0 0 p
R
3
4
9
1
.
5
K
J
D
U
2
2
L
E
D
2
C 3 0 8
1 0 0 0 p
E
X
D
W
K
S
W
8
R
3
5
7
1
.
5
K
J
P
M
L
(
G
L
5
E
G
4
7
L
E
D
1
8
C 3 2 1
1 0 0 0 p
+
5
V
+
5
V
+
5
V
+
5
V
+
5
V
+
5
V
+
5
V
+
5
V
+
5
V
O
N
L
P
S
L
5
V
E
N
O
N
L
5
V
E
N
P
S
L
2
.

O
P
E
R
A
T
I
O
N

P
W
B
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
O
N

1
s
t

P
W
B
1
/
2
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 11
D
-
G
N
D
S
C
N
K
O
L
K
S
C
N
L
_
K
5
V
E
N
S
C
N
L
_
A
O
N
L
D
-
G
N
D
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
S
C
N
L
L
E
D
2
O
L
K
S
W
1
R
5
0
1
4
7
0
J
S
C
N
K
S
W
2
O
N
L
L
L
E
D
1
C
N
5
0
1
8
F
E
-
S
T
-
V
K
-
N
A A
B B
C C
D D
3
3
4
4
2
2
1
1
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
O
N

2
n
d

P
W
B
2
/
2
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 12
3
.

I
/
F

P
W
B
F
.
G
F
.
G
V
M
O
O
E
N
/A
U
T
O
F
D
/IN
T
I
5
V
E
N
V
P
O
U
S
B
_
IN
V
M
IN
5
V
E
N
V
P
IN
R
C
V
3
.3
V
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
P
E
S
L
C
T
P
A
R
A
A
D
4
P
A
R
A
A
D
7
P
A
R
A
A
D
0
P
A
R
A
A
D
1
P
A
R
A
A
D
3
P
A
R
A
A
D
5
P
A
R
A
A
D
6
R
E
V
/A
C
K
B
U
S
Y
/F
A
U
L
T
/S
L
C
T
IN
/S
T
B
D
_
C
O
N
T
P
A
R
A
A
D
2
IF
_
D
E
T
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
0
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
H
D
1
A
9
2
A
1
0
3
A
1
1
4
A
1
2
5
A
1
3
6
V
c
c
7
A
1
8
A
2
9
G
N
D
1
0
A
3
1
1
A
4
1
2
A
5
1
3
A
6
1
4
G
N
D
1
5
A
7
1
6
A
8
1
7
V
c
c
1
8
P
L
H
in
1
9
A
1
4
2
0
A
1
5
2
1
A
1
6
2
2
A
1
7
2
3
H
L
H
2
4
H
L
H
in
2
5
C
1
7
2
6
C
1
6
2
7
C
1
5
2
8
C
1
4
2
9
P
L
H
3
0
V
c
c
-
c
a
b
le
3
1
B
8
3
2
B
7
3
3
G
N
D
3
4
B
6
3
5
B
5
3
6
B
4
3
7
B
3
3
8
G
N
D
3
9
B
2
4
0
B
1
4
1
V
c
c
-
c
a
b
le
4
2
Y
1
3
4
3
Y
1
2
4
4
Y
1
1
4
5
Y
1
0
4
6
Y
9
4
7
D
IR
4
8
N
C
1
O
E
#
2
R
C
V
3
V
P
4
V
M
5
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
6
G
N
D
7
N
C
8
S
P
E
E
D
9
D
-
1
0
D
+
1
1
V
P
O
1
2
V
M
O
1
3
V
C
C
1
4
+
5
V
1
D
-
2
D
+
3
G
N
D
4
S
h
ie
ld
A
1
G
N
D
3
V
C
C
5
B
2
Y
4
D
-
G
N
D
3
0
D
-
G
N
D
2
6
H
L
H
IN
3
5
D
-
G
N
D
2
7
/IN
IT
3
1
D
-
G
N
D
2
8
S
G
1
6
D
-
G
N
D
2
9
N
C
1
5
S
L
C
T
1
3
N
C
3
4
D
a
ta
0
2
D
a
ta
1
3
F
G
1
7
D
a
ta
2
4
D
-
G
N
D
1
9
D
a
ta
3
5
D
-
G
N
D
2
0
D
a
ta
5
7
D
-
G
N
D
2
1
D
a
ta
6
8
D
-
G
N
D
2
2
/S
L
C
T
IN
3
6
D
-
G
N
D
2
3
/A
U
T
O
F
D
1
4
D
-
G
N
D
2
4
D
-
G
N
D
2
5
/D
S
T
B
1
P
L
H
O
U
T
1
8
/A
C
K
1
0
B
U
S
Y
1
1
P
E
1
2
/F
A
U
L
T
3
2
D
a
ta
4
6
D
a
ta
7
9
D
-
G
N
D
3
3
Shield
C
4
2
4
0
.
1
u
R
4
0
8
2
2
J
C
N
4
0
3
3
5
F
E
-
B
T
-
V
K
-
N
C
4
2
3
0
.
1
u
R
4
0
9
2
2
J
R
4
1
0
2
2
J
R
4
1
1
2
2
J
C
4
0
8
1
0
0
p
C
4
0
7
1
0
0
p
R
4
0
1
N
.M
.
C
4
0
6
1
0
0
p
R
4
2
3
1
.
5
k
J
C
4
0
5
1
0
0
p
C
4
1
0
1
0
0
p
C
4
0
9
1
0
0
p
C
4
1
1
1
0
0
p
C
4
0
4
1
0
0
p
L
4
0
1
N
.
M
.
L
4
0
5
b
e
a
d
s
C
4
2
6
1
0
0
p
C
4
1
3
1
0
0
p
R
4
0
3
2
4
J
R
4
1
2
2
2
J
C
4
0
3
0
.
1
u
C
4
1
2
1
0
0
p
R
4
0
2
2
4
J
IC
4
0
3
7
4
L
V
X
1
6
1
2
8
4
R
4
2
7
1
0
k
J
R
4
1
3
2
2
J
C
4
1
5
1
0
0
p
I
C
4
0
1
U
S
B
_
T
r
a
n
s
c
e
iv
e
r
C
4
1
4
1
0
0
p
C
4
1
8
1
0
0
p
C
4
2
2
1
0
0
p
C
4
1
7
1
0
0
p
C
4
1
6
3
3
0
p
C
4
1
9
1
0
0
p
L
4
0
2
N
.
M
.
R
4
2
9
1
0
k
J
L
4
0
4
N
.
M
.
R
4
3
0
2
4
J
R
4
0
5
2
2
J
R
4
2
6
1
0
k
J
C
4
0
2
4
7
u
/
1
6
V
+
C
4
2
0
0
.
1
u
C
N
4
0
2
U
S
B
_
C
N
R
4
1
8
2
2
J
R
4
2
8
1
0
k
J
R
4
1
9
2
2
J
R
4
2
4
1
0
k
J
L
4
0
3
N
.
M
.
R
4
2
2
2
2
J
C
4
2
5
0
.
1
u
D
4
0
1
1
1
E
Q
S
0
6
C
4
2
7
0
.
1
u
R
4
2
0
3
.
3
K
J
D
4
0
2
Z
E
N
E
R
_
6
.
2
V
R
4
1
4
2
2
J
I
C
4
0
2
N
C
7
S
0
8
M
5
R
4
1
5
2
2
J
C
4
2
1
0
.
1
u
R
4
1
6
2
2
J
R
4
0
4
N
.
M
.
(
1
.
5
k
J
)
R
4
1
7
2
2
J
R
4
2
1
2
2
J
C
N
4
0
1
I
E
E
E
1
2
8
4
_
C
N
R
4
0
6
2
2
J
R
4
0
7
2
2
J
R
4
2
5
1
0
k
J
C
4
0
1
4
7
u
/
1
6
V
+
3
.
3
V
1
3
.
3
V
1
3
.3
V
1
5
V
1
3
.
3
V
1
3
.
3
V
1
5
V
1
5
V
2
5
V
1
5
V
2
3
.
3
V
1
3
.
3
V
1
A A
B B
C C
D D
E E
4
4
3
3
2
2
1
1
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 13
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
4. POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY (120V/127V)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 14
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
6 7 8 9 10 11
6 7 8 9 10 11
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 15
1
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
5. NOISE FILTER CIRCUIT
POWER SUPPLY (220V/240V)
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 16
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
6 7 8 9 10 11
6 7 8 9 10 11
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 17
6. ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 1/7
123123123123123456789
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
CN104
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
CN119
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
PPD2 sensorPWB 1
2 CN120
3
2
1
3
4
5 1
2
CN123
1
2
3
4
5
B5B-PH-K-R
1234121234567812345123456789
B18B-PHDSS-B
B
2
4
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
-
B
B5B-PH-K-S
B
5
B
-
X
A
S
K
-
1
B
2
P
-
V
H
-
S
B
4
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
S
0
8
F
E
-
B
T
-
V
K
-
N
/V
F
M
C
N
T
MFD
D-GND
24V
/MPFS
PULUP5V
V
F
M
O
U
T
/M
M
D
M
M
L
D
P
G
N
D
P
G
N
D
IN
T
2
4
V
IN
T
2
4
V
P
G
N
D
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
B
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
S
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
K
B
1
4
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
-
B
P
G
N
D
/D
M
T
_
2
/D
M
T
_
1
/D
M
T
_
0
2
4
V
d
u
p
5
V
S
B
4
D
S
D
S
W
D
-
G
N
D
S
P
ID
P
U
L
U
P
5
V
D
-
G
N
D
S
P
P
D
C
N
1
0
7
C
N
1
1
4
/D
M
T
_
3
PULUP5V
PPD2
D-GND
RTH_IN
24V
D-GND
D-GND
P-GND
PMCLK_A
PMRDY
/PMD
P-GND
D-GND
/LDEN
/SYNC
D-GND
/VIDEO
SHOLD
P
U
L
U
P
5
V
P
O
D
D
-
G
N
D
C
N
1
1
3
P
G
N
D
C
N
1
2
4
C
N
1
1
2
T
M
B
-
T
M
A
-
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
S
D-GND
D-GND
VCC3
EN5V
EN5V
USBIN
D_CONT
VPOUT
VMOUT
OEN
RCV
VPIN
PARAD3
PARAD4
PARAD5
VMIN
SUSPEND
PARAD0
PARAD1
PARAD2
PARAD6
PARAD7
/REV
/FAULT
/AUTOFD
/STB
/ACK
BUSY
PE
SLCT
2
4
V
/R
R
S
/C
P
F
S
2
2
4
V
5
V
C
N
1
1
7
D
-
G
N
D
D
-
G
N
D
P
P
D
3
2
4
V
/C
P
F
S
1
C
N
1
1
0
C
E
D
1
D
-
G
N
D
D
-
G
N
D
D
-
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
8
C
E
D
2
D
-
G
N
D
C
N
1
1
5
RTH_IN
GDIIN
D-GND
D-GND
PULUP5V
PPD2
D-GND
INT5V
35FE-BT-VK-N
/INT
/SLCTIN
D-GND
D-GND
MCU
interface
PWB
(GDI)
(USB)
LSU
(POLYGON MT)
FAN
MT
MAIN
MT
NOT USED
TONER
MT
2nd
cassette
Cassette paper
Solenoide
Resist roller
Solenoide
Cassette detect
Paper out
detecter
Fuser unit
Manual Paper
Feeding unit
Thermisto
*C
*F
*E
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 18
123123456789
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
41231234
CN102
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
CN105
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
CN106
1
2
3
4
CN101
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
12345123456789
1
0
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
7
1
8
1
9
2
0
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
412312
B
2
4
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
-
B
B24B-PHDSS-B
B
5
B
-
X
A
S
K
-
1
C
N
1
0
9
B
2
P
-
V
H
-
R
B4B-PH-K-R
/GRIDL
/TC
/BIAS
INT24V
D-GND
FE4-32-S15D5
18FE-BT-VK-N
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
K
B
1
4
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
-
B
PGND
PGND
VCL
VCL
/D
M
T
_
2
/D
M
T
_
1
/D
M
T
_
0
2
4
V
d
u
p
5
V
S
B
4
D
S
D
S
W
D
-
G
N
D
S
P
ID
P
U
L
U
P
5
V
D
-
G
N
D
S
P
P
D
2
4
V
/S
P
U
S
2
4
V
/S
R
R
C
2
4
V
/S
P
F
S
C
N
1
1
4
/D
M
T
_
3
5
V
2
4
V
M
C
N
1
2
2
2
4
V
M
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
S
S
P
M
T
-
0
S
P
M
T
-
2
S
P
M
T
-
3
S
P
M
T
-
1
2
4
V
/S
G
S
PGND
D-GND
/MC
5VIN
3.3VIN
5VEN
3.3VIN
D-GND
PGND
PGND
HLOUT
/PR
24VIN
FW
24VIN
12VIN
/POFF
24V
TCS
DVSEL
D-GND
CCD-RS
CCD-CP
AFE_SDI
BSAMP
(mt_at_home)
AFE_DB7
12V
12V
EN5V
B
4
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
R
D-GND
(ONL)
(PSL)
EN5V
D-GND
SELIN3
VSAMP
CCD-TG
ADCLK
AFE_SEN
CCD-PHI2
D-GND
CCD-PHI1
AFE_SCK
D-GND
AFE_DB3
AFE_DB2
AFE_DB1
AFE_DB0
AFE_DB5
AFE_DB6
D-GND
AFE_DB4
C
N
1
1
6
2
4
V
1
(
D
S
W
S
)
2
4
V
D
-
G
N
D
(
S
D
O
D
)
/C
P
F
S
2
2
4
V
5
V
D
-
G
N
D
D
-
G
N
D
P
P
D
3
C
N
1
1
1
C
E
D
1
D
-
G
N
D
D
-
G
N
D
D
-
G
N
D
C
N
1
0
8
C
E
D
2
D
-
G
N
D
C
N
1
1
5
P
U
L
U
P
5
V
P
P
D
1
D
-
G
N
D
B
3
B
-
P
H
-
K
-
R
SELIN2
SELIN1
(KIN2)
PSW
5V
OP-DATA
OP-LATCH
OP-CLK
(BEO)
(KIN1)
D-GND
D-GND
O
U
T
_
A
+
O
U
T
_
B
+
O
U
T
_
A
-
O
U
T
_
B
-
C
N
1
0
3
DRST
MCU
Power
unit
Scanner
(CCD)
Scanner
MT
NOT USED NOT USED
2nd
cassette
DV
INTERLOCK SW
(SIDE DOOR SW)
ADF
UNIT
Cassette detect Paper pass detect
Operational PWB
*D
*A
*B
*B
*E
*A E have detail view
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 19
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 2/7 (POWER UNIT)
CN106
1
2
3
4
11112
CN10
1
2
CN101 CN6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11 CN101 CN002
12 1 1
13 2 2 1
14 3 3 2
15 4 4
16 5
17 6
18 7
19 8
20 9
21 10
22 11
23 12 CN001
24 13 1 AC-ORD
14 2
15
16
F-GND
DV-BIAS
HLN
PGND
PGND
24V
TCS
DVSEL
HLL
D-GND
PGND
PGND
HLOUT
/PR
24VIN
FW
24VIN
12VIN
/POFF
PGND
D-GND
/MC
5VIN
3.3VIN
5VEN
3.3VIN
B24B-PHDSS
B4B-PH-K-R
/GRIDL
/TC
/BIAS
INT24V
INT24V
D-GND
INT24V
INT24V
/BIAS
/TC
/MC
/GRIDL
D-GND
PGND
D-GND
3.3VIN
HLOUT
L
N
12VIN
24VIN
FW
24VIN
HLN
/PR
5VEN
3.3VIN
5VIN
/POFF
M
C
-
C
A
S
E
M
C
-
O
U
T
T
C
-
O
U
T
B
C
-
O
U
T
G
R
I
D
HLL
LOW VOLTAGE
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
HIGH VOLTAGE
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
Heater
Lamp
POWER UNIT
DV UNIT
Thermostat
A
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 20
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 3/7 (SCANNER UNIT)
CN105 CN1 JP1
1 1
2 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
16 16
17 17
18 18
19 19
20 20
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
26 26
27 27
28 28
29 29
30 30
31 31
32 32
CN102 CN301 CN302
1 1
2 2
3 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
16 16
17 17
18 18
FE4-32-S15D5
PGND
PGND
VCL
VCL
AFE_SDI
BSAMP
(mt_at_home)
AFE_DB7
12V
12V
D-GND
AFE_OBE
VSAMP
CCD-TG
ADCLK
AFE_SEN
CCD-PHI2
D-GND
CCD-PHI1
D-GND
CCD-RS
CCD-CP
AFE_SCK
D-GND
AFE_DB3
AFE_DB2
AFE_DB1
AFE_DB0
AFE_DB5
AFE_DB6
D-GND
AFE_DB4
PGND
PGND
VCL
VCL
12V
12V
D-GND
AFE_OBE
VSAMP
CCD-TG
D-GND
CCD-RS
BSAMP
CCD-CP
AFE_SDI
CCD-PHI2
D-GND
CCD-PHI1
AFE_SEN
ADCLK
D-GND
AFE_SCK
AFE_DB7
(mt_at_home)
AFE_DB5
AFE_DB6
D-GND
AFE_DB4
AFE_DB3
AFE_DB2
AFE_DB1
AFE_DB0
PGND
VCL
D-GND
SELIN3
SELIN2
(KIN1)
OP-DATA
OP-LATCH
OP-CLK
(BEO)
SELIN1
D-GND
(ONL)
(PSL)
5VEN
DRST
D-GND
D-GND
(ONL)
(PSL)
5VEN
D-GND
SELIN3
SELIN2
SELIN1
D-GND
18FE-BT-VK-N
(KIN2)
PSW
5V
DRST
DRST
(KIN1)
(KIN2)
OP-CLK
(BEO)
D-GND
PSW
5V
OP-DATA
OP-LATCH
CCD PWB
LAMP
LAMP
SUCANNER UNIT
OPERATION
PANEL PWB
DRM RESET SW
INVERTER
B
B
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 21
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 4/7 (INTERFACE)
CN1
1
2
3
4
USB_CN
CN104 CN2 CN3
1 35 1
2 34 2
3 33 3
4 32 4
5 31 5
6 30 6
7 29 7
8 28 8
9 27 9
10 26 10
11 25 11
12 24 12
13 23 13
14 22 14
15 21 15
16 20 16
17 19 17
18 18 18
19 17 19
20 16 20
21 15 21
22 14 22
23 13 23
24 12 24
25 11 25
26 10 26
27 9 27
28 8 28
29 7 29
30 6 30
31 5 31
32 4 32
33 3 33
34 2 34
35 1 35
35FE-BT-VK-N 36
IEEE1284_CN
HLHIN
/SLCTIN
V5
D-
D+
GND
D-GND
/INT
/FAULT
D-GND
D-GND
D-GND
D-GND
D-GND
D-GND
D-GND
D-GND
D-GND
PLHOUT
D-GND
D-GND
D-GND
/AUTOFD
SG
FG
/ACK
BUSY
PE
SLCT
35FE-BT-VK-N
/D STB
DATA0
DATA1
DATA2
DATA3
DATA4
DATA5
DATA6
DATA7
/INT
/STB
D-GND
D-GND
/SLCTIN
/AUTOFD
GDIIN
/ACK
BUSY
PE
SLCT
PARAD6
PARAD7
/REV
/FAULT
PARAD2
PARAD3
PARAD4
PARAD5
VMIN
SUSPEND
PARAD0
PARAD1
VMOUT
OEN
RCV
VPIN
EN5V
USBIN
D_CONT
VPOUT
D-GND
D-GND
VCC3
EN5V
D-GND
D-GND
/ACK
BUSY
PE
SLCT
/SLCTIN
/AUTOFD
GDIIN
PARAD7
PARAD6
/INT
/STB
RCV
VPIN
SUSPEND
PARAD0
PARAD4
PARAD1
PARAD2
PARAD3
D-GND
D-GND
VCC3
EN5V
VMIN
/FAULT
/REV
EN5V
USBIN
D_CONT
VPOUT
VMOUT
OEN
PARAD5
interface PWB
C CC
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 22
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 5/7 (ADF)
CN105
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 CN101
10 1 5
11 2
1
2
4
12 3
1
2
3
3
13 4 2
14 5 1
15
16
17
18
19 1
20 2
21 3
22 4
23 5
24 6
SPMT-1
SPMT-0
24VM
SPMT-2 24VM
24VM
SPMT-0
SPMT-2
/SPUS
24V
D-GND
PULUP5V
24V
/SPUS
SPPD
D-GND
SPMT-3
SPMT-1
D-GND
D-GND
SPPD
D-GND
PULUP5V
SPID
SDSW
SB4D
5V
SDSW
SPID
24VM
5V
SPID
SDSW
SPMT-3
5V
ADF
SENSOR PWB
ADF UNIT
ADF MOTOR
PU SOLENOID
ADF SENSOR
D
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 23
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 6/7 (2ND PAPER FEEDING UNIT)
CN115
1
2
3 1
4 2
5
6 1
7 2
8
9 1
10 2
11 3
12
13
14
CN115
1 1 14
2 2 13
3 3 12 1
4 4 11 2
5 5 10
6 6 9 1
7 7 8 2
8 8 7
9 9 6 1
10 10 5 2
11 11 4 3
12 12 3
13 13 2
14 14 1
OED2 OED2
D-GND D-GND
5V
D-GND D-GND
D-GND
D-GND D-GND PPD3
D-GND D-GND
OED2
PPD3 PPD3 D-GND
/CPFS2
5V 5V 24V
24V 24V
/CPFS2
5V
/CPFS2
24V
D-GND
PPD3
OED2
D-GND
D-GND
D-GND
OED2
/CPFS2
/CPFS2
24V
D-GND
PPD3
D-GND
5V
2nd Paper feeding unit
PHOTO SENSOR
TRAY DETECT
SWITCH
PF SOLENOID
E
2nd Paper feeding unit (OPTION)
PHOTO SENSOR
TRAY DETECT
SWITCH
PF SOLENOID
E
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 24
ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 7/7 (MANUAL PAPER FEEDING UNIT)
CN123
1
2
3
4
5
B5B-PH-K-R
CN123
1
2
3
4
5
B5B-PH-K-R
PULUP5V
MFD
D-GND
24V
/MPFS
Multi Manual Paper Feeding unit
Multi feeding
solenoid
F
Single Manual Paper Feeding unit
MFD sensor PWB
Manual Paper Feeding unit
Contains lithium-ion battery. Must be disposed of properly.
Remove the battery from the product and contact
federal or state environmental
agencies for information on recycling and disposal options.
(For USA,CANADA)
CAUTION FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL
1-1, KANDA NISHIKI-CHO, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO, 101-8842 JAPAN